US20050240049A1 - Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives - Google Patents
Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20050240049A1 US20050240049A1 US11/110,459 US11045905A US2005240049A1 US 20050240049 A1 US20050240049 A1 US 20050240049A1 US 11045905 A US11045905 A US 11045905A US 2005240049 A1 US2005240049 A1 US 2005240049A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- formula
- compound
- alkyl
- yield
- reacting
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 126
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 58
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraline Natural products C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title abstract description 33
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical class C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 title abstract description 4
- 125000005329 tetralinyl group Chemical class C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 title abstract 3
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 776
- -1 amino, methyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 148
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 122
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 121
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 118
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Substances C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 96
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 85
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 64
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 64
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 58
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 52
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 52
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 50
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 50
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 49
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 45
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 45
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 44
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 43
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 42
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- XTHPWXDJESJLNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfurochloridic acid Chemical compound OS(Cl)(=O)=O XTHPWXDJESJLNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 34
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000006244 carboxylic acid protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 26
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 24
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000004455 (C1-C3) alkylthio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000006274 (C1-C3)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000005913 (C3-C6) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000006272 (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910003827 NRaRb Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 claims description 17
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 16
- AQIHDXGKQHFBNW-LURJTMIESA-N (2s)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 AQIHDXGKQHFBNW-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- AQIHDXGKQHFBNW-ZCFIWIBFSA-N (2r)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](C)OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 AQIHDXGKQHFBNW-ZCFIWIBFSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical group CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 abstract description 7
- 0 [1*]C([2*])(CC)C(C)=O.[3*]C.[4*]NC1CC2=CC=CC=C2C1 Chemical compound [1*]C([2*])(CC)C(C)=O.[3*]C.[4*]NC1CC2=CC=CC=C2C1 0.000 description 141
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 90
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 42
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 38
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 37
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 35
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 33
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 28
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 26
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 26
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropyl acetate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)=O JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 18
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 17
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 16
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 16
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 108010007622 LDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 102000007330 LDL Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 229940011051 isopropyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 13
- GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N isovaleric acid Chemical compound CC(C)CC(O)=O GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- AHHRDMWAAXCONK-QGZVFWFLSA-N 2-[[(2r)-2-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound CCN([C@H]1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=CC=C2C1)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 AHHRDMWAAXCONK-QGZVFWFLSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910010084 LiAlH4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 12
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 12
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000003880 polar aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 11
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 10
- 108010010234 HDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 102000015779 HDL Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium diisopropylamide Chemical compound [Li+].CC(C)[N-]C(C)C ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 238000003828 vacuum filtration Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000005033 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 8
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 8
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 8
- AHHRDMWAAXCONK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1C2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)C=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 AHHRDMWAAXCONK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 7
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 7
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BONQNBSPFNQOPH-CQSZACIVSA-N CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1 Chemical compound CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1 BONQNBSPFNQOPH-CQSZACIVSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 6
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000031226 Hyperlipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 108010046315 IDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000023984 PPAR alpha Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010028924 PPAR alpha Proteins 0.000 description 6
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane Chemical compound B UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 6
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 235000021588 free fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000002468 indanes Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003495 polar organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- CAEWJEXPFKNBQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound ClC(=O)OCC=C CAEWJEXPFKNBQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XEAPZXNZOJGVCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-methoxy-3,4-dihydro-1h-naphthalen-2-one Chemical group C1CC(=O)CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 XEAPZXNZOJGVCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZUSILRXNYGGANW-UQKRIMTDSA-N CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.S Chemical compound CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.S ZUSILRXNYGGANW-UQKRIMTDSA-N 0.000 description 5
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012448 Lithium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound [Li+].C[Si](C)(C)[N-][Si](C)(C)C YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- JLDHKTUDOLWKDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-[[2-(ethylamino)-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound C1=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=C2CC(NCC)CC2=C1 JLDHKTUDOLWKDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- XNVZUBLWWSTORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-acetamido-2,3-dihydro-1h-indene-5-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C2CC(NC(=O)C)CC2=C1 XNVZUBLWWSTORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical compound CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000923 atherogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003028 elevating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012065 filter cake Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000006575 hypertriglyceridemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000006705 (C5-C7) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- QISONWUFJILVNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[6-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-3-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=C(C)C=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 QISONWUFJILVNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000032928 Dyslipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000002705 Glucose Intolerance Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010060378 Hyperinsulinaemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010022489 Insulin Resistance Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000017170 Lipid metabolism disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000538 analytical sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 229910000085 borane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012045 crude solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000001421 hyperglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000003451 hyperinsulinaemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000008980 hyperinsulinism Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- AVBOEYUWFJGVRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-2-yl)acetamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC(NC(=O)C)CC2=C1 AVBOEYUWFJGVRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MKNOWKDOFFMJLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(5-sulfanyl-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-2-yl)acetamide Chemical compound C1=C(S)C=C2CC(NC(=O)C)CC2=C1 MKNOWKDOFFMJLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000009104 prediabetes syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000012265 solid product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- UYIHHSWWQPFFRT-HXUWFJFHSA-N tert-butyl 2-[[(2r)-2-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound CCN([C@H]1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)=CC=C2C1)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 UYIHHSWWQPFFRT-HXUWFJFHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003161 (C1-C6) alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)Cl SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LGPKFIGMLPDYEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 LGPKFIGMLPDYEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OZLZSAFDROXUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-chloro-6-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=C(Cl)C=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 OZLZSAFDROXUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DMVKMMHWONNHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[6-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-3-(trifluoromethoxy)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 DMVKMMHWONNHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YXGJBTZAOLTSBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[6-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-3-fluoro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=C(F)C=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 YXGJBTZAOLTSBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LBPPUDVWWLCEOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[6-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=C(OC)C=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 LBPPUDVWWLCEOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QRNCLDQFFXEUJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[6-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-3-phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=CC=1NC(=O)N(CC)C(CC1=C2)CCC1=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=C2C1=CC=CC=C1 QRNCLDQFFXEUJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002373 5 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004070 6 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- MNPTWHOQRFAUSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-acetamido-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1C(NC(C)=O)CCC2=C1C=C(OC)C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=C2 MNPTWHOQRFAUSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZNWNWWLWFCCREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-amine Chemical compound C1CC(N)CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 ZNWNWWLWFCCREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QVEPTNHEDDSLNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1h-naphthalen-2-one Chemical compound C1CC(=O)CC2=CC(C)=CC=C21 QVEPTNHEDDSLNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FIWWMLLXGWEKGX-GNHUOGFVSA-N C.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O Chemical compound C.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O FIWWMLLXGWEKGX-GNHUOGFVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZEMBEOYEZRUTJS-NFOVXMLOSA-N C.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S Chemical compound C.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S ZEMBEOYEZRUTJS-NFOVXMLOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NZYDKHIBUXUJDI-UNTBIKODSA-N C1=CC=C(CNCCNCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1)[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)C=C2C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C(CNCCNCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1)[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)C=C2C1 NZYDKHIBUXUJDI-UNTBIKODSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BONQNBSPFNQOPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1 Chemical compound CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1 BONQNBSPFNQOPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROBQHIOVPXCNRY-DBUGVIAKSA-N CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S Chemical compound CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S ROBQHIOVPXCNRY-DBUGVIAKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZEKDUGNFGMPGAV-GVYLFRSGSA-N CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S.S Chemical compound CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S.S ZEKDUGNFGMPGAV-GVYLFRSGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBPCGFVCSYOCGJ-BPUCPWAWSA-N CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S Chemical compound CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S XBPCGFVCSYOCGJ-BPUCPWAWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MWJRYCWDTGGTRU-WWWPPNSGSA-N CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S Chemical compound CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S MWJRYCWDTGGTRU-WWWPPNSGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CSJPQLDASAMCQT-LMKPGLEWSA-N CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S.S Chemical compound CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S.S CSJPQLDASAMCQT-LMKPGLEWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pd(PPh3)4 Substances [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003143 atherosclerotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 238000004296 chiral HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001664 diethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- LIKFHECYJZWXFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyldichlorosilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(Cl)Cl LIKFHECYJZWXFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- YLSJLYYBVHQMEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(7-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl)acetamide Chemical compound C1CC(NC(C)=O)CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 YLSJLYYBVHQMEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UKJUMRWLFOWPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[5-[(2-acetamido-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl)disulfanyl]-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-2-yl]acetamide Chemical compound C1=C2CC(NC(C)=O)CC2=CC(SSC2=CC=C3CC(CC3=C2)NC(=O)C)=C1 UKJUMRWLFOWPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- JLDHKTUDOLWKDP-OAHLLOKOSA-N tert-butyl 2-[[(2r)-2-(ethylamino)-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound C1=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=C2C[C@H](NCC)CC2=C1 JLDHKTUDOLWKDP-OAHLLOKOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GAWAYYRQGQZKCR-UWTATZPHSA-N (2r)-2-chloropropanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H](Cl)C(O)=O GAWAYYRQGQZKCR-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006619 (C1-C6) dialkylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004973 1-butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCS(O)(=O)=O LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWONIZVBKXHWJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxy-2,3,5-trimethylbenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C AWONIZVBKXHWJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUWBDQJTQTVBSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-tert-butyl-4-isocyanatobenzene Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 WUWBDQJTQTVBSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGADWAMIKFXIIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethylsulfanyl)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1C2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)C=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(SC(F)(F)F)C=C1 FGADWAMIKFXIIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCXWBDLZXYYYIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[6-[(4-aminophenyl)carbamoyl-ethylamino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=CC=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 WCXWBDLZXYYYIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWHSJKQYEIJHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[6-[ethyl-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)carbamoyl]amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=CC=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 UWHSJKQYEIJHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUPBKDLJBGEKGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[6-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-4-(trifluoromethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 GUPBKDLJBGEKGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- LMHHFZAXSANGGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminoindane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC(N)CC2=C1 LMHHFZAXSANGGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005999 2-bromoethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004974 2-butenyl group Chemical group C(C=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- PWWVAJIRZRPBSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-2-[[2-[propyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl]sulfanyl]propanoic acid Chemical compound C1C2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)C=C2CC1N(CCC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 PWWVAJIRZRPBSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYPNXEFCVHHCJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-2-[[6-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoylamino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]sulfanyl]propanoic acid Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=CC=C2CC1NC(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 IYPNXEFCVHHCJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003682 3-furyl group Chemical group O1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- QKGYZEODEUWWRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-imino-1-phenylpentan-2-one Chemical compound CC(=N)CC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 QKGYZEODEUWWRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004008 6 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NCTYMQMYDHAKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-bromo-3,4-dihydro-1h-naphthalen-2-one Chemical compound C1CC(=O)CC2=CC(Br)=CC=C21 NCTYMQMYDHAKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CSIHHNSBJNDXNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-chloro-3,4-dihydro-1h-naphthalen-2-one Chemical compound C1CC(=O)CC2=CC(Cl)=CC=C21 CSIHHNSBJNDXNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQMQVBHBOBSOSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-fluoro-3,4-dihydro-1h-naphthalen-2-one Chemical compound C1CC(=O)CC2=CC(F)=CC=C21 NQMQVBHBOBSOSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910014263 BrF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BORWPKMJBNAZDY-DPZNTGFLSA-N C.C.CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O Chemical compound C.C.CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O BORWPKMJBNAZDY-DPZNTGFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNHXQTHBZOBARP-QROKPTSWSA-N C.C.CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O Chemical compound C.C.CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O PNHXQTHBZOBARP-QROKPTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEJQVZUTQZBCIM-QHDPPBGBSA-N C.C.CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S Chemical compound C.C.CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S IEJQVZUTQZBCIM-QHDPPBGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYKXVFCCMWUIKD-FJAAECKJSA-N C.CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S Chemical compound C.CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S HYKXVFCCMWUIKD-FJAAECKJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKHJDHKWQYBZND-JPKZNVRTSA-N C1=CC=C(CNCCNCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(F)C=C1)[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)C=C2C1.O=C(F)F Chemical compound C1=CC=C(CNCCNCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(F)C=C1)[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)C=C2C1.O=C(F)F OKHJDHKWQYBZND-JPKZNVRTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JSHBAXHSGQBBSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)N(C1CC2=CC=CC=C2C1)C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)N(C1CCC2=CC=CC=C2C1)C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)N(C1CC2=CC=CC=C2C1)C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)N(C1CCC2=CC=CC=C2C1)C(C)(C)C JSHBAXHSGQBBSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VNJHAELZQMFOCY-SNVBAGLBSA-N CC([C@H](C(O)=O)Oc(cc1)ccc1O)=C Chemical compound CC([C@H](C(O)=O)Oc(cc1)ccc1O)=C VNJHAELZQMFOCY-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRQGKJXNBLGVRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1)C1CCC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)=C(OC)C=C2C1 Chemical compound CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1)C1CCC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)=C(OC)C=C2C1 WRQGKJXNBLGVRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYVWPICYIRNLOQ-LJQANCHMSA-N CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(C)C=C1)[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)C=C2C1 Chemical compound CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(C)C=C1)[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)C=C2C1 JYVWPICYIRNLOQ-LJQANCHMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOKOSDIYNPRXHW-GMUIIQOCSA-N CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(F)C=C1)[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)C=C2C1.O=C(F)F Chemical compound CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(F)C=C1)[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)C=C2C1.O=C(F)F WOKOSDIYNPRXHW-GMUIIQOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMTNQAAZTMEWPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1CCC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)=C(Br)C=C2C1 Chemical compound CCN(C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1)C1CCC2=CC(SC(C)(C)C(=O)O)=C(Br)C=C2C1 WMTNQAAZTMEWPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ULEZWUGQDAQWPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCNC1CC1 Chemical compound CCNC1CC1 ULEZWUGQDAQWPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JXYCDGCBNWHDFX-HLQIPKLJSA-N CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S Chemical compound CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S.S JXYCDGCBNWHDFX-HLQIPKLJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMNVYHYXFSHQCR-MUWDSIQVSA-N CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O Chemical compound CCNC1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(C)=O)C=C2C1.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.C[C@@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O DMNVYHYXFSHQCR-MUWDSIQVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTDHFIDWWVKWMY-LLVKDONJSA-N CCNC[C@H]1Cc2cc(SC(C)(C)C(I)=O)ccc2C1 Chemical compound CCNC[C@H]1Cc2cc(SC(C)(C)C(I)=O)ccc2C1 LTDHFIDWWVKWMY-LLVKDONJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRYRRVMSFKMUTA-AEFCPHIGSA-N CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S Chemical compound CCN[C@@H]1CC2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=C2C1.C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S RRYRRVMSFKMUTA-AEFCPHIGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPPUFZLJAHKQOV-RGMNGODLSA-N C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S Chemical compound C[C@H](OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)O.S UPPUFZLJAHKQOV-RGMNGODLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910020323 ClF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N DMF Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)O1 GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940022663 acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PBCJIPOGFJYBJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetonitrile;hydrate Chemical compound O.CC#N PBCJIPOGFJYBJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005256 alkoxyacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006229 amino acid addition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004202 aminomethyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000480 butynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L calcium glucoheptonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000006297 carbonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000013375 chromatographic separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004186 cyclopropylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000010908 decantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004786 difluoromethoxy group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LJQKCYFTNDAAPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCO.CCOC(C)=O LJQKCYFTNDAAPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004836 hexamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- ACTNHJDHMQSOGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n',n'-dibenzylethane-1,2-diamine Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1CN(CCN)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ACTNHJDHMQSOGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSLOZJBHVBDQRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(7-methoxy-6-sulfanyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl)acetamide Chemical compound C1C(NC(C)=O)CCC2=C1C=C(OC)C(S)=C2 WSLOZJBHVBDQRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005487 naphthalate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940039748 oxalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LVSJDHGRKAEGLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolane;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound C1CCOC1.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F LVSJDHGRKAEGLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005981 pentynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004344 phenylpropyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011736 potassium bicarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000028 potassium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical compound [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004237 preparative chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylamine Chemical group CCCN WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003548 sec-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RPOHBMAQTOJHKM-HSHFZTNMSA-M sodium;(2r)-2-chloropropanoate Chemical compound [Na+].C[C@@H](Cl)C([O-])=O RPOHBMAQTOJHKM-HSHFZTNMSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012258 stirred mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000004963 sulfonylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JLDHKTUDOLWKDP-HNNXBMFYSA-N tert-butyl 2-[[(2s)-2-(ethylamino)-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound C1=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=C2C[C@@H](NCC)CC2=C1 JLDHKTUDOLWKDP-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYIHHSWWQPFFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-[[2-[ethyl-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]carbamoyl]amino]-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl]sulfanyl]-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound C1C2=CC=C(SC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=C2CC1N(CC)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 UYIHHSWWQPFFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGVNJALYNQVQIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-bromo-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C(C)(C)Br IGVNJALYNQVQIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- QEMXHQIAXOOASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylammonium Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)C QEMXHQIAXOOASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005034 trifluormethylthio group Chemical group FC(S*)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940070710 valerate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
- C07C323/50—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C323/51—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
- C07C323/52—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C211/00—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton
- C07C211/01—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C211/26—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C211/27—Compounds containing amino groups bound to a carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring having amino groups linked to the six-membered aromatic ring by saturated carbon chains
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C303/00—Preparation of esters or amides of sulfuric acids; Preparation of sulfonic acids or of their esters, halides, anhydrides or amides
- C07C303/02—Preparation of esters or amides of sulfuric acids; Preparation of sulfonic acids or of their esters, halides, anhydrides or amides of sulfonic acids or halides thereof
- C07C303/04—Preparation of esters or amides of sulfuric acids; Preparation of sulfonic acids or of their esters, halides, anhydrides or amides of sulfonic acids or halides thereof by substitution of hydrogen atoms by sulfo or halosulfonyl groups
- C07C303/08—Preparation of esters or amides of sulfuric acids; Preparation of sulfonic acids or of their esters, halides, anhydrides or amides of sulfonic acids or halides thereof by substitution of hydrogen atoms by sulfo or halosulfonyl groups by reaction with halogenosulfonic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C319/00—Preparation of thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides
- C07C319/02—Preparation of thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides of thiols
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C319/00—Preparation of thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides
- C07C319/14—Preparation of thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides of sulfides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C319/00—Preparation of thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides
- C07C319/14—Preparation of thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides of sulfides
- C07C319/20—Preparation of thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides of sulfides by reactions not involving the formation of sulfide groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C319/00—Preparation of thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides
- C07C319/26—Separation; Purification; Stabilisation; Use of additives
- C07C319/28—Separation; Purification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B2200/00—Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
- C07B2200/07—Optical isomers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
- C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
- C07C2602/04—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C2602/08—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being five-membered, e.g. indane
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
- C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
- C07C2602/04—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C2602/10—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being six-membered, e.g. tetraline
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a novel processes for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives.
- the substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives are PPAR alpha agonists, useful for elevating serum levels of high density lipoproteins (HDL), improving levels of intermediate density lipoproteins (IDL), and lowering serum levels of triglycerides, low density lipoproteins (LDL), atherogenic molecules, and/or free fatty acids (FFA).
- the substituted tetralin and substituted indane compounds are further useful in treating hypertriglyceridemia, raising levels of HDL, lowering levels of LDL, and/or lowering total cholesterol.
- the present invention is further directed to novel processes for the preparation of intermediates in the preparation of the substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives.
- the present invention is directed to novel processes for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives.
- the substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives and their use for the treatment of PPAR alpha-mediated diseases including, but not limited to dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disorders, impaired glucose tolerance, hyperinsulinemia, hyperglycemia, insulin resistance, early, intermediate or late Type II diabetes (NIDDM), complications thereof and/or Syndrome X are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/688,380, filed Oct. 17, 2003, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/688,379, filed Oct. 17, 2003 and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/688,572 filed Oct. 17, 2003, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
- the present invention is directed to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (L) wherein
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (L) wherein
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (L) wherein
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (Lc) wherein
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Lc) wherein
- a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Ld) wherein Q a is OH or OPg 2 , wherein Pg 2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group In another embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Ld) wherein Q a is OPg 2 wherein Pg 2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group.
- the present invention is further directed to a novel process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C 1-6 ester or C 1-6 amide thereof,
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Le) wherein Q b is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkoxy, wherein the C 1-6 alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising (a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (S)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in an alcohol; or in acetone, at a temperature in the range of from about 35° C. to about 0° C.; to yield the corresponding (R,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XX); (b) reacting the (R,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XX), with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Le).
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Le) wherein Q b is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkoxy, wherein the C 1-6 alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising (a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in acetone, at a temperature greater than about 35° C., preferably at a temperature greater than about 45° C.; or in THF at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding (R,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI). (b) reacting the (R,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI) with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Le).
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Lf) wherein Q b is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkoxy, wherein the C 1-6 alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising (a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (S)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in acetone, at a temperature greater than about 35° C., preferably at a temperature greater than about 45° C.; or in THF at about room temperature; to yield the corresponding (S,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXII). (b) reacting the (S,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI) with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lf).
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Lf) wherein Q b is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkoxy, wherein the C 1-6 alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising (a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in an alcohol; or in acetone, at a temperature in the range of from about 35° C.
- the present invention is further directed to a novel crystalline salt of the compound of formula (IIa), more specifically, an N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine (benzathine) salt of the compound of formula (IIa).
- the present invention is further directed to an N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine salt of the compound of formula (IIa) wherein the ratio of the compound of formula (IIa) to the N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine is 1:1.
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the benzathine salt of the compound of formula (IIa).
- the present invention is further directed to a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein.
- Illustrative of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein.
- An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises the compound: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C 1-6 ester or C 1-6 amide thereof.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises the compound:
- Exemplifying the present invention are methods of treating a PPAR alpha-mediated disease in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein or a pharmaceutical composition as described above.
- HDL high density lipoproteins
- IDL intermediate density lipoproteins
- LDL low density lipbproteins
- FFA free fatty acids
- exemplifying the invention are methods for treating dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disorders, impaired glucose tolerance, hyperinsulinemia, hyperglycemia, insulin resistance, early, intermediate or late Type II diabetes (NIDDM), complications thereof, or Syndrome X, in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein or a pharmaceutical composition as described above.
- NIDDM Type II diabetes
- phase I hyperlipidemia phase I hyperlipidemia
- pre-clinical hyperlipidemia phase II hyperlipidemia
- hypertension CAD (coronary artery disease); coronary heart disease; hypertriglyceridemia; lowering serum levels of low-density lipoproteins (LDL), IDL, and/or small-density LDL and other atherogenic molecules, or molecules that cause atherosclerotic complications, thereby reducing cardiovascular complications; elevating serum levels of high-density lipoproteins (HDL); lowering serum levels of triglycerides, LDL, and/or free fatty acids; and/or lowering FPG/HbA1c.
- LDL low-density lipoproteins
- IDL IDL
- small-density LDL and other atherogenic molecules or molecules that cause atherosclerotic complications, thereby reducing cardiovascular complications
- elevating serum levels of high-density lipoproteins (HDL) lowering serum levels of triglycerides, LDL, and/or free
- Another example of the invention is the use of a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein in the preparation of a medicament for treating (a) dyslipidemia, (b) cardiovascular disorders, (c) impaired glucose tolerance, (d) hyperinsulinemia, (e) hyperglycemia, (f) insulin resistance, (g) early Type II diabetes (NIDDM), (h) intermediate Type II diabetes (NIDDM), (i) late Type II diabetes (NIDDM), (j) complications of Type II diabetes or (k) Syndrome X, in a subject in need thereof.
- Alkyl includes optionally substituted straight chain and branched hydrocarbons with at least one hydrogen removed to form a radical group.
- Alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, pentyl, isopentyl, sec-pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, and so on.
- alkyl also includes cycloalkyl, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
- Alkenyl includes optionally substituted straight chain and branched hydrocarbon radicals as above with at least one carbon-carbon double bond (Sp 2 ).
- Alkenyls include ethenyl (or vinyl), prop-1-enyl, prop-2-enyl (or allyl), isopropenyl (or 1-methylvinyl), but-1-enyl, but-2-enyl, butadienyls, pentenyls, hexa-2,4-dienyl, and so on.
- Hydrocarbon radicals having a mixture of double bonds and triple bonds, such as 2-penten-4-ynyl are grouped as alkynyls herein.
- alkenyl also includes cycloalkenyl. Cis and trans or (E) and (Z) forms are included within the invention.
- Alkynyl includes optionally substituted straight chain and branched hydrocarbon radicals as above with at least one carbon-carbon triple bond (sp).
- Alkynyls include ethynyl, propynyls, butynyls, and pentynyls.
- Hydrocarbon radicals having a mixture of double bonds and triple bonds, such as 2-penten-4-ynyl, are grouped as alkynyls herein.
- Alkynyl does not include cycloalkynyl.
- Alkoxy includes an optionally substituted straight chain or branched alkyl group with a terminal oxygen linking the alkyl group to the rest of the molecule. Alkoxy includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, t-butoxy, pentoxy and so on.
- Aminoalkyl “Aminoalkyl”, “thioalkyl”, and “sulfonylalkyl” are analogous to alkoxy, replacing the terminal oxygen atom of alkoxy with, respectively, NH (or NR), S, and SO 2 .
- Heteroalkyl includes alkoxy, aminoalkyl, thioalkyl, and so on.
- Aryl includes phenyl, naphthyl, biphenylyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, and so on, any of which may be optionally substituted.
- Aryl also includes arylalkyl groups such as benzyl, phenethyl, and phenylpropyl.
- Aryl includes a ring system containing an optionally substituted 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring, said system may be bicyclic, bridge, and/or fused. The system may include rings that are aromatic, or partially or completely saturated.
- ring systems include indenyl, pentalenyl, 1-4-dihydronaphthyl, indanyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, isoquinolinyl, and so on.
- Heterocyclyl includes optionally substituted aromatic and nonaromatic rings having carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom (O, S, N) or heteroatom moiety (SO 2 , CO, CONH, COO) in the ring.
- a heterocyclic radical may have a valence connecting it to the rest of the molecule through a carbon atom, such as 3-furyl or 2-imidazolyl, or through a heteroatom, such as N-piperidyl or 1-pyrazolyl.
- a monocyclic heterocyclyl has between 5 and 7 ring atoms, or between 5 and 6 ring atoms; there may be between 1 and 5 heteroatoms or heteroatom moieties in the ring, and preferably between 1 and 3, or between 1 and 2.
- a heterocyclyl may be saturated, unsaturated, aromatic (e.g., heteroaryl), nonaromatic, or fused.
- Heterocyclyl also includes fused, e.g., bicyclic, rings, such as those optionally condensed with an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic five- or six-membered aromatic ring.
- heteroaryl includes an optionally substituted six-membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 nitrogen atoms condensed with an optionally substituted five- or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring.
- Said heterocyclic five- or six-membered aromatic ring condensed with the said five- or six-membered aromatic ring may contain 1, 2 or 3 nitrogen atoms where it is a six-membered ring, or 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur where it is a five-membered ring.
- heterocyclyls include thiazoylyl, furyl, thienyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, quinolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imdazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, and morpholinyl.
- heterocyclyls or heterocyclic radicals include morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridyl, cyclohexylimino, thienyl,and more preferably, piperidyl or morpholinyl.
- heteroaryl examples include thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl.
- “Acyl” refers to a carbonyl moiety attached to either a hydrogen atom (i.e., a formyl group) or to an optionally substituted alkyl or alkenyl chain, or heterocyclyl.
- Halo or “halogen” includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo, and preferably fluoro or chloro as a substituent on an alkyl group, with one or more halo atoms, such as trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethylthio, difluoromethoxy, or fluoromethylthio.
- Alkanediyl or “alkylene” represents straight or branched chain optionally substituted bivalent alkane radicals such as, for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene or hexylene.
- Alkenediyl represents, analogous to the above, straight or branched chain optionally substituted bivalent alkene radicals such as, for example, propenylene, butenylene, pentenylene or hexenylene. In such radicals, the carbon atom linking a nitrogen preferably should be saturated.
- Aroyl refers to a carbonyl moiety attached to an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein aryl and heteroaryl have the definitions provided above.
- benzoyl is phenylcarbonyl.
- two radicals, together with the atom(s) to which they are attached may form an optionally substituted 4- to 7-, 5- to 7-, or a 5- to 6-membered ring carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which ring may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic.
- Said rings may be as defined above in the Summary of the Invention section.
- Enantiomer excess or “ee”, usually expressed as a percentage, describes the excess of one enantiomer over the other.
- the percentage enantiomer excess, ee 100(Xr ⁇ Xs)/(Xr+Xs), where Xr>Xs.
- ee 100(2X-1), where X is the mole fraction of the dominant enantiomer in the mixture.
- Xr and Xs represent the mole fraction of (R)-enantiomer and (S)-enantiomer respectively in the mixture.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and amides” include carboxylate salts, amino acid addition salts, esters, and amides which are within a reasonable benefitrisk ratio, pharmacologically effective and suitable for contact with the tissues of patients without undue toxicity, irritation, or allergic response. These salts, esters, and amides may be, for example, C 1-8 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, C 2-10 heteroaryl, or C 2-10 non-aromatic heterocyclic salts, esters, and amides. Salts, free acids, and esters are more preferable than amides on the terminal carboxylate/carboxylic acid group on the left of formula (I).
- Representative salts include hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, nitrate, acetate, oxalate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, borate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactiobionate, and laurylsulfonate.
- alkali metal and alkali earth cations such as sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium, as well as non-toxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations such as tetramethyl ammonium, methylamine, trimethylamine, and ethylamine.
- alkali metal and alkali earth cations such as sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium
- non-toxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations such as tetramethyl ammonium, methylamine, trimethylamine, and ethylamine.
- amine cations such as tetramethyl ammonium, methylamine, trimethylamine, and ethylamine.
- Representative pharmaceutically acceptable amides of the invention include those derived from ammonia, primary C 1-6 alkyl amines and secondary di(C 1-6 alkyl) amines.
- Secondary amines include 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring moieties containing at least one nitrogen atom and optionally between 1 and 2 additional heteroatoms.
- Preferred amides are derived from ammonia, C 1-3 alkyl primary amines, and di(C 1-2 alkyl)amines.
- Representative pharmaceutically acceptable esters of the invention include C 1-7 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and phenyl(C 1-6 )alkyl esters.
- Preferred esters include methyl and ethyl esters.
- eachradical includes substituted radicals is of that type and monovalent, bivalent, and multivalent radicals as indicated by the context.
- the context will indicate that the substituent is an alkylene or hydrocarbon radical with at least two hydrogen atoms removed (bivalent) or more hydrogen atoms removed (multivalent).
- Radicals or structure fragments as defined herein are understood to include substituted radicals or structure fragments.
- Hydrocarbyls include monovalent radicals containing carbon and hydrogen such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, and cycloalkenyl (whether aromatic or unsaturated), as well as corresponding bivalent (or multi-valent) radicals such as alkylene, alkenylene, phenylene, and so on.
- Heterocarbyls include monovalent and bivalent (or multi-valent) radicals containing carbon, optionally hydrogen, and at least one heteroatom.
- Examples of monovalent heterocarbyls include acyl, acyloxy, alkoxyacyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, aroyl, benzoyl, dialkylamino, hydroxyalkyl, and so on.
- alkyl should be understood to include substituted alkyl having one or more substitutions, such as between 1 and 5, 1 and 3, or 2 and 4 substituents. The substituents may be the same (dihydroxy, dimethyl) or different (chlorofluoro-, chlorobenzyl- or aminomethyl-substituted).
- substituted alkyl examples include haloalkyl (such as fluoromethyl, chloromethyl, difluoromethyl, perchloromethyl, 2-bromoethyl, trifluoromethyl, and 3-iodocyclopentyl), hydroxyalkyl (such as hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl), aminoalkyl (such as aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 3-aminopropyl, and 2-aminopropyl), alkylalkyl, and so on.
- haloalkyl such as fluoromethyl, chloromethyl, difluoromethyl, perchloromethyl, 2-bromoethyl, trifluoromethyl, and 3-iodocyclopentyl
- hydroxyalkyl such as hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl
- aminoalkyl such as aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 3-aminopropyl, and 2-aminopropyl
- a di(C 1-6 alkyl)amino group includes independently selected alkyl groups, to form, for example, methylpropylamino and isopropylmethylamino, in addition dialkylamino groups having two of the same alkyl group such as dimethylamino or diethylamino.
- aprotic solvent shall mean any solvent that does not yield a proton. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to DMF, dioxane, THF, acetonitrile, pyridine, dichloroethane, dichloromethane, MTBE, toluene, and the like.
- nitrogen protecting group shall mean a group which may be attached to a nitrogen atom to protect said nitrogen atom from participating in a reaction and which may be readily removed following the reaction.
- Suitable nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to carbamates—groups of the formula —C(O)O—R wherein R is for example methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, CH 2 ⁇ CH—CH 2 —, and the like; amides—groups of the formula —C(O)—R′ wherein R′ is for example methyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, and the like; N-sulfonyl derivatives—groups of the formula —SO 2 —R′′ wherein R′′ is for example tolyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6-yl-, 2,3,6-trimethyl-4-methoxybenz
- carboxylic acid protecting group shall mean a group which may be attached to —C(O)O— portion of the carboxylic acid to protect said carboxylic acid from participating in a reaction and which may be readily removed following the reaction.
- Suitable carboxylic acid protecting groups include, but are not limited C 1-7 alkyl, C 5-7 Cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenylC 1-6 alkyl, and the like.
- Other suitable carboxylic acid protecting groups may be found in texts such as T. W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
- the enantiomeric excess of the desired enantiomer of formula (I) is at least about 90% ee, more preferably, at least about 96% ee, most preferably, about 99% ee.
- reaction step of the present invention may be carried out in a variety of solvents or solvent systems, said reaction step may also be carried out in a mixture of the suitable solvents or solvent systems.
- the processes for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention give rise to mixture of stereoisomers
- these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography.
- the compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared either by enantiospecific synthesis or by resolution.
- the compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques, such as the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid, followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base.
- the compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
- any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present invention it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T. W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
- the protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
- a particular group is “substituted” (e.g., phenyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl), that group may have one or more substituents, preferably from one to three substituents, more preferably from one to two substituents, independently selected from the list of substituents.
- substituents preferably from one to three substituents, more preferably from one to two substituents, independently selected from the list of substituents.
- subject refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
- terapéuticaally effective amount means that 15 amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.
- composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
- R 1 and R 2 in the compound of formula (I), (a) one of R 1 and R 2 is methyl or ethyl; (b) each of R 1 and R 2 is methyl; (c) R 1 and R 2 taken together are cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl; (d) R 3 is H; (e) R 4 is H or C 2-7 alkyl; (e) R 4 is H or C 2-5 alkyl; (f) R 4 is ethyl; (g) R 4 is H; (h) n is 1; (i) 2; (j) at least one of R 5 and R 7 is H; (k) R 6 is C 1-4 alkyl, halomethoxy, or halothiomethoxy (i.e —S-(halomethyl)); (I) R 6 is t-butyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluorothiomethoxy (i.e.
- R 3 is H, R 4 is C 2-7 alkyl;
- R 4 is C 2-5 alkyl;
- R 6 is cyclopropylmethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, methylethylamino, or diethylamino;
- R 15 is C 1-7 alkyl, [di(C 1-2 alkyl)amino](C 1-6 alkylene), (C 1-3 alkoxyacyl)(C 1-6 alkylene), C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-7 alkenyl, or C 3-8 alkynyl;
- R 6 is trifluoromethylthio or trifluoromethoxy; or (t) any combination of the above.
- the compound of formula (I) selected from the group consisting of 2- ⁇ 6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid; 2- ⁇ 6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3fluoro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl ⁇ -2-methylpropionic acid; 2- ⁇ 6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid; 2- ⁇ 6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-ylsulfanyl ⁇ -2-methyl
- the compound of formula (I) selected from the group consisting of 2- ⁇ 6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-methyl propionic acid; 2- ⁇ 6-[3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl ⁇ -2-methylpropionic acid; 2- ⁇ 2-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]indan-5-ylsulfanyl ⁇ -2-methylpropionic acid; 2- ⁇ 2-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureido]indan-5-ylsulfanyl ⁇ -2-methylpropionic acid; and 2-Methyl-2- ⁇ 2-[1-propyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]indan-5-ylsulfanyl ⁇ propi
- c is 0. In another embodiment of the present invention n is 1 and X is bound at the 5-position. In yet another embodiment of the present invention n is 2 and X is bound at the 6- or 7-position, preferably at the 6-position.
- n is 1 and R 3 is hydrogen or is other than hydrogen and is bound at the 4-, 6- or 7-position
- n is 1 and R 3 is hydrogen or is other than hydrogen and is bound at the 4-, 6- or 7-position
- —X—C(R 1 R 2 )—C(O)-Q group is bound at the 5-position.
- n is 1 and R 3 is hydrogen or is other than hydrogen and is bound at the 4-, 6- or 7- position
- the —X—C(R 1 R 2 )—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position.
- n is 1 and R 3 is other than hydrogen and is bound at the 5-position
- —X—C(R 1 R 2 )—C(O)-Q group is bound at the 6-position.
- n is 1 and R 3 is other than hydrogen and is bound at the 5-position
- the —X—C(R 1 R 2 )—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 6-position.
- Q is Opg 2 or N(Pg 3 Pg 4 ), wherein Pg 2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group as readily understood by one skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, C 1-7 alkyl, C 5-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenylC 1-6 alkyl, and the like; and Pg 3 and Pg 4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl or aryl; alternatively Pg 3 and Pg 4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C 3 ioheteroaryl or C 3-10 non-aromatic heterocyclic, preferably a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring moiety containing at least one nitrogen atom and optionally between 1 and 2 additional heteroatoms.
- Q is OPg 2 , wherein Pg 2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group.
- Q is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, unsubstituted C 1-6 alkoxy, amino, unsubstituted C 1-4 alkylamino and di(unsubstitutedC 1-4 alkyl)amino.
- Q is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, ispropyloxy, n-butyloxy, t-butoxy, amino, methylamino and dimethylamino.
- Q is C 1-6 alkoxy, wherein the C 1-6 alkoxy is not substituted with amino.
- Q is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, ethoxy and t-butoxy.
- the present invention is directed to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (L) wherein Q, X, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , n and R 4 are as herein defined.
- the compounds of formula (L) are useful as intermediates in the preparation of compounds of formula (I).
- a suitably substituted compound of formula (III), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted (for example, protected) according to known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg 1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to CISO 3 H, such as, Alloc (CH 2 ⁇ CHCH 2 —O—C(O)—), acetyl (CH 3 —C(O)—), (C 14 alkyl)-C(O)—, and the like.
- the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably selected protecting reagent such as Alloc-Cl (CH 2 ⁇ CHCH 2 —O—C(O)—Cl), Alloc 2 O (CH 2 ⁇ CHCH 2 —OC(O)—O—C(O)O—CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 ), AcCl (CH 3 —C(O)—Cl), Ac 2 O (CH 3 —C(O)—O—C(O)—CH 3 ), and the like.
- the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a Alloc-Cl, or Alloc 2 O
- the corresponding protecting group Pg 1 is Alloc.
- Pg 1 is selected from Alloc or acetyl.
- the compound of formula (IV) is reacted with a suitable substituted compound of formula (V), wherein R 4a is R 4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl, or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a base such as NaH, n-butyl lithium, LDA, LHMDS, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, MTBE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI).
- a base such as NaH, n-butyl lithium, LDA, LHMDS, and the like
- a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, MTBE, and the like
- the compound of formula (VI) is then reacted with ClSO 3 H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
- a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
- the compound of formula (IV) is reacted with ClSO 3 H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R 4 is hydrogen.
- a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF
- the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), such as Zn, and the like, in the presence of an acid such as HCl, H 2 SO 4 , and the like, in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, dioxane, and the like; or with Zn in the presence of (CH 3 ) 2 SiCl 2 and DMA, in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, acetonitrile, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like; to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) and the corresponding compound of formula (IX).
- a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII) such as Zn, and the like
- the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), such as LiAlH 4 , and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about reflux, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII).
- a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII) such as LiAlH 4 , and the like
- organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like
- the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII) is reacted with a reducing agent which is is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (VIII), such as LiAlH 4 , LiBH 4 , NaBH 4 , and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII), which is preferably not isolated.
- a reducing agent which is is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (VIII), such as LiAlH 4 , LiBH 4 , NaBH 4 , and the like
- organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like
- the compound of formula (VIII) is then reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as NaHCO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XI).
- an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X)
- DIPEA DIPEA
- pyridine pyridine
- an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X)
- an inorganic base which is inert to the compound
- the compound of formula (XI) is reacted to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L).
- the compound of formula (XI) is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L).
- a suitably substituted compound of formula (III), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted (for example, protected) according to known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg 1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as, Alloc (CH 2 ⁇ CHCH 2 —O—C(O)—), acetyl (CH 3 —C(O)—), (C 1-4 alkyl)-C(O)—, and the like.
- the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably selected protecting reagent such as Alloc-Cl (CH 2 ⁇ CHCH 2 —O—C(O)—Cl), Alloc 2 O.
- the compound of formula (IV) is reacted with a suitable substituted compound of formula (V), wherein R 4a is R 4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl, or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a base such as NaH, n-butyl lithium, LDA, LHMDS, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, MTBE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI).
- a base such as NaH, n-butyl lithium, LDA, LHMDS, and the like
- a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, MTBE, and the like
- the compound of formula (VI) is then reacted with ClSO 3 H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
- a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
- the compound of formula (IV) is reacted with ClSO 3 H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R 4 is hydrogen.
- a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF
- the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), such as Zn, and the like, in the presence of an acid such as HCl, H 2 SO 4 , and the like, in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, dioxane, and the like; or with Zn in the presence of (CH 3 ) 2 SiC 1-2 and DMA, in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, acetonitrile, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like; to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) and the corresponding compound of formula (IX).
- a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII) such as Zn, and the like
- the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), such as LiAlH 4 , and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about reflux, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII).
- a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII) such as LiAlH 4 , and the like
- organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like
- the compound of formula (VIII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IX), is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groucs in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Grouis in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII).
- the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), is reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (IX), such as LiAlH 4 , LiBH 4 , NaBH 4 , and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII), which is preferably not isolated.
- the compound of formula (VIII) is then de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII).
- the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XII).
- the compound of formula (XII) is then reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (XII), such as LiAlH 4 , LiBH 4 , NaBH 4 , and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII).
- a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (XII)
- an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like
- a suitably substituted compound of formula (III), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted (for example, protected) according to known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg 1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as, Alloc (CH 2 ⁇ CHCH 2 —O—C(O)—), acetyl (CH 3 —C(O)—), (C 1-4 alkyl)-C(O)—, and the like.
- the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably selected protecting reagent such as Alloc-Cl (CH 2 ⁇ CHCH 2 -Q-C(O)—Cl), Alloc 2 O.
- the compound of formula (IV) is reacted with ClSO 3 H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R 4 is hydrogen.).
- a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF
- the compound of formula (VIIIa) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VIIa) such as Zn, and the like, in the presence of an acid such as HCl, H 2 SO 4 , and the like, in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, dioxane, and the like; or with Zn in the presence of (CH 3 ) 2 SiC 1-2 and DMA, in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, acetonitrile, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like; to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) wherein R 4 is hydrogen) and the corresponding compound of formula (IXa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (IXa) wherein R 4 is hydrogen).
- the compound of formula (VIIIa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IXa) is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (XIII) wherein R 4 is hydrogen).
- the compound of formula (XIIIa) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), NaHCO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (L) wherein R 4 is hydrogen).
- an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X)
- an organic base such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like
- an inorganic base which is iner
- the compound of formula (IXa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIIIa), is reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (IXa), such as LiAlH 4 , LiBH 4 , NaBH 4 , and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa).
- a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (IXa)
- an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like
- the compound of formula (VIIIa) is then reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), NaHCO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIa) (i.e.
- the compound of formula (XIa) is then reacted to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La).
- the compound of formula (XIa) is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La).
- the compound of formula (IXa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIIIa), is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (XII) wherein R 4 is hydrogen).
- the compound of formula (XIIa) is then reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (XIIa), such as LiAlH 4 , LiBH 4 , NaBH 4 , and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (XIII) wherein R 4 is hydrogen).
- a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (XIIa)
- an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like
- the compound of formula (XIIIa) is then reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as NaHCO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La).
- an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X)
- an organic base such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like
- an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X)
- the compound of formula (La) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V), wherein R 4a is R 4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl, or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a base such as NaH, n-butyl lithium, LDA, LHMDS, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, MTBE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lb).
- a base such as NaH, n-butyl lithium, LDA, LHMDS, and the like
- a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, MTBE, and the like
- the compound of formula (La) is reacted with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R 4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (La), wherein R 4b is selected from (C 1-4 straight chain alkylene)R 15 or (straight chain C 1-4 alkylene)R 16 , in the presence of an organic such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like, or in the presence of an inorganic base such as NaHCO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XVIII); the compound of formula (XVIII) is then reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVIII), such as borane, and the like, in a apro
- a suitably substituted compound of formula (III), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted with a suitably substituted acylating capable of attaching an —C(O)O—R 4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (III), wherein R 4b is selected from (C 14 straight chain alkylene)R 15 or (straight chain C 14 alkylene)R 16 , for example an acid chloride of the formula Cl—C(O)—R 4b , a symmetric anhydride of the formula R 4b —C(O)—O—C(O)—R 4b , and the like, in the presence of an organic base, preferably a tertiary amine base such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like, in an aprotic solvent such as THF, DMF, dioxane, ethyl acetate, and the like; or in the presence of an organic or inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na 2 CO
- the compound of formula (XIV) is reacted with ClSO 3 H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XV).
- a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO 3 H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF
- the compound of formula (XV) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (XV), such as Zn, and the like, in the presence of an acid such as HCl, H 2 SO 4 , and the like, optionally in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, dioxane, and the like; or with Zn in the presence of (CH 3 ) 2 SiC 1-2 and DMA, in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, acetonitrile, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like; to yield a mixture of the compound of formula (XVI) and the compound of formula (XVII).
- a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (XV) such as Zn, and the like
- the compound of formula (XVI), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (XVII) is reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVI), such as LiAlH 4 , borane, and the like, in an aprotic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (XIII) wherein R 4 is other than hydrogen).
- the reducing agent is LiAlH 4
- the compound(s) is reduced at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature.
- the compound of formula (XVII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (XVI) is reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVII) and the disulfide on the compound of formula (XVII), such as LiAlH 4 , borane, and the like, in an aprotic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb).
- a reducing agent is LiAlH 4
- the compound(s) is reduced at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature.
- the compound of formula (XIIIb) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as NaHCO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lc) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (L) wherein R 4 is selected from (C 2-5 straight chain alkylene)R 15 or (straight chain C 2-5 alkylene)R 16 ).
- an organic base which is inert to the compound
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (I) wherein R 1 , R 2 , X, R 3 , n, R 4 , c, R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are as herein defined.
- the compounds of formula (I) are useful as PPAR alpha agonists, more specifically as selective PPAR alpha agonists.
- PPAR alpha agonists are useful for the treatment, prevention, or inhibiting the progression of one or more of the following conditions or diseases: phase I hyperlipidemia; pre-clinical hyperlipidemia; phase II hyperlipidemia; hypertension; CAD (coronary artery disease); coronary heart disease; hypertriglyceridemia; lowering serum levels of low-density lipoproteins (LDL), IDL, and/or small-density LDL and other atherogenic molecules, or molecules that cause atherosclerotic complications, thereby reducing cardiovascular complications; elevating serum levels of high-density lipoproteins (HDL); lowering serum levels of triglycerides, LDL, and/or free fatty acids; and/or lowering FPG/HbA1c.
- LDL low-density lipoproteins
- HDL high-density lipoproteins
- HDL high-density lipoproteins
- triglycerides LDL, and/or free fatty acids
- the compound of formula (I) may be prepared by reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (L) with a suitably substituted isocyanate, a compound of the formula (XIX) according to known methods.
- a suitably substituted isocyanate a compound of formula (XIX)
- X is S, R 1 is methyl, R 2 is methyl, Q is OH or OPg 2 , the —X—C(R 1 R 2 )—C(O)-Q is bound at the 5- position, R 3 is hydrogen, n is 1 and R 4 is ethyl.
- X is S, R 1 is methyl, R 2 is methyl, Q is OPg 2 , Pg 2 is t-butyl, the —X—C(R 1 R 2 )—C(O)-Q is bound at the 5- position, R 3 is hydrogen, n is 1 and R 4 is ethyl.
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Le) wherein Q b is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkoxy, wherein the C 1-6 alkoxy is not substituted with amino.
- Q b is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkoxy, more preferably, Q b is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, ethoxy and t-butoxy.
- the compound of formula (Le) may be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 5.
- a compound of formula (Ld) is reacted with (S)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, and the like, preferably ethanol; or in acetone, at a temperature in the range of from about 35° C. to about 0° C., to yield the corresponding (R,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XX).
- an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, and the like, preferably ethanol; or in acetone
- the compound of formula (Le) is prepared with an enantiomeric excess in the range of from about 70 % ee to about 90 % ee.
- the diasteromeric salt of the compound of formula (Le) may be further re-slurrried in or recrystallized from an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, acetone, and the like.
- the compound of formula (Le) may alternatively be prepared according to the process outlined in Scheme 6.
- a compound of formula (Ld) is reacted with (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in acetone, at a temperature greater than about 35° C., preferably at a temperature greater than about 45° C.; or in THF at about room temperature; to yield the corresponding (R,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI).
- the (R,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI), is reacted with an inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , and the like to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Le).
- an inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , and the like to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Le).
- the compound of formula (Le) is prepared with an enantiomeric excess in the range of from about 70 % ee to about 90 % ee.
- the diasteromeric salt of the compound of formula (Le) may be further re-slurrried in or recrystallized from an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, acetone, and the like.
- a compound of formula (Lf) may be similarly prepared by reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, and the like, preferably ethanol; or in acetone, at a temperature in the range of from about 35° C. to about 0° C.; to yield the corresponding (S,R) diastereomeric salt which is then reacted with an inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lf).
- an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, and the like, preferably ethanol; or in acetone
- the S-enantiomer of the compound of formula (Ld) may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (S)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in acetone, at a temperature greater than about 35° C., preferably at a temperature greater than about 45° C.; or in THF at about room temperature; to yield the corresponding (S,S) diastereomeric salt which is then reacted with an inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lf).
- an inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , and the like
- the present invention is further directed to a novel crystalline salt of the compound of formula (IIa) more specifically a crystalline N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine (benzathine) salt of the compound of formula (IIa).
- a novel crystalline salt of the compound of formula (IIa) more specifically a crystalline N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine (benzathine) salt of the compound of formula (IIa).
- the crystalline benzathine salt of the compound of formula (IIa) may be characterized by the major peaks of its X-ray diffraction peaks, as listed in Table 1, below.
- the X-ray diffraction pattern was measured as follows.
- the crystalline benzathine salt of the compound of formula (IIa) was backloaded into a conventional X-ray holder.
- the sample was scanned from 3 to 35 °2 ⁇ at a step size of 0.0165 °2 ⁇ and a time per step of 10.16 seconds.
- the effective scan speed was 0.2067°/s. Instrument voltage and current settings of 45 kV and 40 mA were employed.
- the present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the benzathine salt of the compound of formula (IIa). More particularly, the compound of formula (lha) is reacted with N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, in an aprotic solvent such as isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate, MTBE, and the like, preferably in isopropyl acetate, preferably, at a temperature less than about 5° C., more preferably, at a temperature in the range of from about 5° C. to about ⁇ 5° C., yield the corresponding N,N′-dibenzylethylenediame (benzathine) salt of the compound of formula (IIa).
- an aprotic solvent such as isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate, MTBE, and the like, preferably in isopropyl acetate, preferably, at a temperature less than about 5° C., more preferably,
- the filtrate was placed in a separatory funnel and the aqueous layer was separated.
- the organic layer was washed once with water (500 mL) and once with brine (500 mL).
- the ethyl acetate layer was evaporated in vacuo to half of its original volume and then diluted with heptane (1000 mL) while stirring to produce a white suspension.
- the solid was collected by vacuum filtration and washed twice with portions of heptane (300 mL). The second crop of the product was obtained as white crystalline solid.
- N-acetyl-2-aminoindan (0.96 mol, 167.70 g) and acetonitrile (490 mL).
- the reaction mixture was stirred and cooled in an ice-bath to about 3-5° C. and ClSO 3 H (3.83 mol, 440 g) was added slowly.
- the first 30% of the reagent was added over 30 minutes while maintaining the reaction temperature below 15° C.
- the ice-bath was then removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature.
- the remaining 70% of the reagent was added over 30 minutes and the temperature of the reaction solution rose to 80° C.
- the yellow reaction solution was stirred at 50° C. for about 20 hours.
- the reaction solution was cooled to 30° C. and slowly poured into a vigorously stirred mixture of ice (1620 g), water (945 mL), and acetonitrile (135 mL) in an ice-bath over about 10-15 minutes.
- the temperature of the quenching mixture dropped from 5° C. to ⁇ 6° C.
- a white solid precipitated and the mixture was stirred at about 0-5° C. for 30 minutes.
- the solid was collected by vacuum filtration and slurried 4 times with a cold mixture of water (4 ⁇ 300 mL).
- the pH of the last slurry was around 2-3.
- the solid was then slurried with cold acetone (300 mL) (5-7° C.), collected by filtration, and finally rinsed with of cold acetone (200 mL).
- the solid product was air-dried for 4 hours, followed by drying in a vacuum oven at room temperature for 48 hours. The product was obtained as a white solid.
- the reaction was then cooled to about 30-36° C. over 30 minutes while stirring.
- the reaction mixture was filtered into a 500 mL one-necked round-bottomed flask through a frited glass funnel to remove the Zn residue.
- the reaction flask was rinsed with EtOAc (25 mL).
- the mixture was concentrated on a rotavapor under reduced pressure at about 45-50° C. bath temperature to remove most of the organic solvents.
- the concentrated aqueous solution was mixed with of EtOAc (150 mL), followed by the addition of H 2 O. (75 mL). After stirring for 15 minutes, the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed four times with H 2 O. (3 ⁇ 75 mL).
- the organic layer was concentrated on a rotavapor at 60° C. to 1 ⁇ 4 of its original volume (about 40 mL). Most of the precipitated white solid was dissolved by heating to reflux. The mixture was then diluted with MTBE (75 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The solid product was collected by vacuum filtration, washed with MTBE (20 mL), dried under nitrogen for 4 hours, then in a vacuum oven at about 40-45° C. for 24 h. The product was obtained as an off-white solid.
- the suspension in toluene was warmed to 90° C. for 15 minutes and stirred at room temperature for 20 hours.
- the solid product was collected by vacuum filtration, rinsed with toluene (20 mL), air-dried for 2 hours, and further dried in a vacuum oven at 60° C. for 2 days. The product was obtained as an off-white solid.
- N-(5-Mercapto-indan-2-yl)-acetamide (330.0 g, 1.59 mol) was dissolved in a warm THF (1.65 L) at 50° C. The solution was then slowly added to LAH solution (1 M in THF) (2.385 L, 2.385 mol) at about 60-66° C. over 25 minutes to allow gentle reflux and slow gas evolution. After addition, the light yellow suspension was stirred under reflux for 4 hours. The reaction was cooled to about 5-7° C. in an ice-water bath. The reaction was quenched by the slow addition of methanol (203.7 g, 6.36 mol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction temperature was maintained below 25° C. by adjusting the addition rate.
- the filter cake was suspended in EtOAc (2 L) and stirred for 30 minutes. The suspension was filtered through a 3L coarse frit funnel. The filtrate was combined with the crude concentrated THF solution obtained above. The combined organic layer was washed with H 2 O. (2 L). After separation of layers, the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo at 50° C. to remove the most of volatiles. The concentrated solution was diluted with anhydrous ethanol (800 mL) and re-concentrated to yield a purple oil. The crude product was used for the next step without further purification.
- FTIR (KBr): 3211 (br.), 1716, 1516, 1454, 1416, 1377, 1330, 1263, 1233, 1176, 1136, 1098, 1045, 946, 918, 861, 826, 766, 712, 697, 673, 638, 563, 508 cm ⁇ 1 .
- the crude solid with 86% ee was dissolved in 95% ethanol (165 mL) at 60° C. The solution was cooled slowly to 20° C. and stirred at this temperature for 18 hours. The solid was collected by vacuum filtration to yield the product as a white granular solid with 99.5% ee.
- FTIR (KBr): 2980, 2934, 1717, 1629, 1576, 1510, 1458, 1405, 1368, 1279, 1257, 1230, 1148, 1121, 1101, 1044, 848, 830, 801, 758, 679, 643, 525 cm ⁇ 1 .
- the diastereomeric salt prepared in Example 7 above (357 g, 0.635 mol) was charged into a mixture of isopropyl acetate (2 L) and 50% of NaOH (102 g, 1.28 mol) in water (0.8 L). The mixture was stirred until all solids dissolved. After removal of the bottom aqueous layer, the isopropyl acetate layer was washed with water 3 times until the pH of the aqueous phase was about 7. The organic solution was concentrated at 60° C. to remove about 3 ⁇ 4 of the isopropyl acetate. 1 L of fresh isopropyl acetate was added and the amount of residual water in the solution was assayed by KF. The solution was used for the next step directly.
- FTIR ReactIR, neat: 2971, 2933, 2838, 1721, 1474, 1461, 1385, 1366, 1343, 1275, 1256, 1146, 1121, 1036, 1009, 942, 847, 820, 752, 706 cm ⁇ 1 .
- N,N′-Dibenzylethylenediamine (0.26 g, 1.08 mmol) was added to t-butyl methyl ether solution of 2- ⁇ 2-[1-ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-ureido]-indan-5-ylsulfanyl ⁇ -2-methyl-propionic acid (0.52 g, 1.08 mmol).
- iPrOAc was added to the resulted cloudy solution. The solution was kept in the refrigerator overnight ( ⁇ 20 hours). The solids precipitated were collected by filtration. 1 H NMR analysis and the melting point measurement of the isolated solids confirmed the formation of the salt with 1:1 mole ratio of acid and N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine.
- the solid was filtered and rinsed with a chilled mixture of iPrOAc/heptane (1 ⁇ 2, 90 mL). The solid was air-dried at the ambient temperature overnight to yield a solid with 99.1% ee.
- FTIR (KBr): 3310(broad), 2972, 2849, 1638, 1606, 1539, 1510, 1458, 1418, 1389, 1351, 1264, 1244, 1199, 1162, 842, 816, 748, 698.81, 668 cm ⁇ 1 .
- Racemic tert-Butyl 2-(2-ethylamino-indan-5-ylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-propionate (0.30 mmol) and (S)-( ⁇ )-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid (0.30 mmol) were mixed into THF (2 mL) and heated to 50° C. to a clear solution. The reaction mixture was then cooled to the ambient temperature and stirred overnight.
- Racemic tert-Butyl 2-(2-ethylamino-indan-5-ylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-propionate (17 g, 51 mmol) and (S)-( ⁇ )-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid (4.6 g, 25 mmol) were dissolved in acetone (55 mL), each separately. The solutions were then mixed and stirred at the ambient temperature overnight. The resulting thick suspension was heated to 55° C. for 6 h, 40° C. for 18 h, then heated to 50° C.
- reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and H 2 O, the aqueous phase extracted with EtOAc, the organic extracts combined, washed with H 2 O, brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to yield a crude oil, which was purified by reverse-phase semi-prep HPLC eluting with a MeCN—H 2 O. gradient to yield 2-(6-acetylamino-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester as an oil.
- the residual oil was further azeotroped with MeOH (3 ⁇ ) to yield a mixture of 2-(6-ethylamino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester and it's borane complex as an oil.
- Example 21 2- ⁇ 6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl ⁇ -2-methylpropionic acid, the compound of Example 21 was additionally prepared, as a white solid, according to the procedure described in Example 14, by selecting and substituting suitable reagents in Steps F, G and H, as appropriate.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to novel processes for the preparation of substituted tetralin. and substituted indane derivatives. The present invention is further directed to novel processes for the preparation of intermediates in the preparation of the substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives.
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/564,159, filed Apr. 21, 2004, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- The present invention relates to a novel processes for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives. The substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives are PPAR alpha agonists, useful for elevating serum levels of high density lipoproteins (HDL), improving levels of intermediate density lipoproteins (IDL), and lowering serum levels of triglycerides, low density lipoproteins (LDL), atherogenic molecules, and/or free fatty acids (FFA). The substituted tetralin and substituted indane compounds are further useful in treating hypertriglyceridemia, raising levels of HDL, lowering levels of LDL, and/or lowering total cholesterol. The present invention is further directed to novel processes for the preparation of intermediates in the preparation of the substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives.
- The present invention is directed to novel processes for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives. The substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives and their use for the treatment of PPAR alpha-mediated diseases including, but not limited to dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disorders, impaired glucose tolerance, hyperinsulinemia, hyperglycemia, insulin resistance, early, intermediate or late Type II diabetes (NIDDM), complications thereof and/or Syndrome X are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/688,380, filed Oct. 17, 2003, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/688,379, filed Oct. 17, 2003 and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/688,572 filed Oct. 17, 2003, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
-
-
- Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic;
- each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
- wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
- alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
- n is an integer from 1 to 2;
- X is S;
- provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
- R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
- each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
- R4 is H or —(C15straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)—, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
- wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
- alternatively, R4 is —(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
- wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
- comprising
reacting a compound of formula (III), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to CISO3H;
reacting the compound of formula (IV) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V) wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl or l, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI); and then reacting the compound of formula (VI) with CISO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII); - alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IV) with CISO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R4 is hydrogen;
reacting the compound of formula (VII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) and the corresponding compound of formula (IX);
reacting the compound of formula (VIII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IX), with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or l, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XI); - alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on compound of formula (IX), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII); and then reacting the compound of formula (VIII) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or l, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XI);
reacting the compound of formula (XI), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L).
-
-
- Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic;
- each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
- wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
- alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
- n is an integer from 1 to 2;
- X is S;
- provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
- R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10, or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
- each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
- R4 is H or —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)—, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
- wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
- alternatively, R4 is —(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
- wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
- comprising
reacting a compound of formula (III), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to CISO3H;
reacting the compound of formula (IV) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V) wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI); and then reacting the compound of formula (VI) with CISO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII); - alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IV) with CISO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R4 is hydrogen;
reacting the compound of formula (VII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) and the corresponding compound of formula (IX);
de-protecting the compound of formula (VIII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IX), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII); - alternatively, de-protecting the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), to yield a corresponding compound of formula (XII); and then reducing the compound of formula (XII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on compound of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII);
- alternatively still, reacting the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on compound of formula (IX), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII); and then de-protecting the compound of formula (VIII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII);
reacting the compound of (XIII) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L).
-
-
- Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic;
- each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
- wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
- alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
- n is an integer from 1 to 2;
- X is S;
- provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
- R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
- each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
- R4 is —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)—, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
- wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
- alternatively, R4 is —(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
- wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
- comprising
reacting a compound of formula (III), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to CISO3H;
reacting the compound of formula (IV) with CISO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIa);
reacting thecompound of formula (VIIa) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VIIa), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa) and the corresponding compound of formula (IXa);
de-protecting the compound of formula (VIIIa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IXa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIa); and then reacting the compound of formula (XIIIa) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Cl, Br or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La); - alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IXa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIIIa), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (IXa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa); then reacting the compound of formula (VIIIa) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X) wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIa); and then reacting the compound of formula (XIa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La);
- alternatively still, de-protecting the compound of formula (IXa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIIIa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIa); then reacting the compound of formula (XIIa) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (XIIa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIa); and then reacting the compound of formula (XIIIa) with a suitably substituted compound is of formula (X) wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La);
reacting the compound of formula (La) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V) wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl or I, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lb); - alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (La) with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (La), wherein R4b is selected from (C1-4straight chain alkylene)R15 or (straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XVIII); and then reacting the compound of formula (XVIII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVIII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lb).
-
-
- Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic;
- each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
- wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
- alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
- n is an integer from 1 to 2;
- X is S;
- provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
- R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
- each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
- R4b is —(C1-4straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)—, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
- wherein R4b has no more than 8 carbon atoms;
- alternatively, R4b is —(straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
- wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
- comprising
reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (III), in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIV);
reacting the compound of formula (XIV) with CISO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XV);
reacting the compound of formula (XV) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (XV), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (XVI) and the corresponding compound of formula (XVII);
reacting the compound of formula (XVI), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (XVII), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVI), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb); - alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (XVII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (XVI), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide and the disulfide on the compound of formula (XVII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb);
reacting the compound of formula (XIIIb) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X) wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lc).
-
-
- Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic;
- each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
- wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
- alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
- n is an integer from 1 to 2;
- X is S;
- provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
- R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
- each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
- R4b is —(C1-4straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)—, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
- wherein R4b has no more than 8 carbon atoms;
- alternatively, R4b is —(straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
- wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
- comprising
reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (III), in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIV);
reacting the compound of formula (XIV) with CISO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XV);
reacting the compound of formula (XV) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group and the amide group on the compound of formula (XV), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb);
reacting the compound of formula (XIIIb) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X) wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lc).
- In an embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Ld)
wherein Qa is OH or OPg2, wherein Pg2is a carboxylic acid protecting group. In another embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Ld) wherein Qa is OPg2 wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group. -
-
- wherein
- each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
- wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
- alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
- n is an integer from 1 to 2;
- X is S;
- provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
- R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
- each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
- R4 is H or —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)—, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
- wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
- alternatively, R4 is —(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
- c is an integer from 0 to 1;
- each of R5 and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R12 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
- R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
- alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene (for example, —(CH2)3— or —(CH2)4—), C3-4alkenylene (for example, —CH═CH—CH2— or —CH═CH—CH═CH—) or (CHI1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
- p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
- each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
- wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
- comprising
- reacting a compound of formula (L), wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic; to yield the corresponding compound of formula (I).
- In an embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (II)
also known as 2-[[2-[ethyl[[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]amino]carbonyl]amino]-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-5-yl]thio]-2-methyl-propanoic acid or 2-{2-[1-ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-ureido]-indan-5-ylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-propionic acid. - In another embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (IIa)
also known as 2-[[(2R)-2-[ethyl[[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]amino]carbonyl]amino]-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-5-yl]thio]-2-methyl-propanoic acid or 2-{(2R)-[1-ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-ureido]-indan-5-ylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-propionic acid. - The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Le)
wherein Qb is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, wherein the C1-6alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising
(a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (S)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in an alcohol; or in acetone, at a temperature in the range of from about 35° C. to about 0° C.; to yield the corresponding (R,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XX);
(b) reacting the (R,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XX), with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Le). - The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Le)
wherein Qb is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, wherein the C1-6alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising
(a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in acetone, at a temperature greater than about 35° C., preferably at a temperature greater than about 45° C.; or in THF at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding (R,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI).
(b) reacting the (R,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI) with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Le). - The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Lf)
wherein Qb is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, wherein the C1-6alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising
(a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (S)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in acetone, at a temperature greater than about 35° C., preferably at a temperature greater than about 45° C.; or in THF at about room temperature; to yield the corresponding (S,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXII).
(b) reacting the (S,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI) with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lf). - The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Lf)
wherein Qb is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, wherein the C1-6alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising
(a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in an alcohol; or in acetone, at a temperature in the range of from about 35° C. to about 0° C.; to yield the corresponding (S,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXIII);
(b) reacting the (S,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXIII) with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lf). - The present invention is further directed to a novel crystalline salt of the compound of formula (IIa), more specifically, an N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine (benzathine) salt of the compound of formula (IIa). The present invention is further directed to an N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine salt of the compound of formula (IIa) wherein the ratio of the compound of formula (IIa) to the N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine is 1:1. The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the benzathine salt of the compound of formula (IIa).
- The present invention is further directed to a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein.
- Illustrative of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein. An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
-
-
- Exemplifying the present invention are methods of treating a PPAR alpha-mediated disease in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein or a pharmaceutical composition as described above. Further exemplifying the present invention are methods of elevating serum levels of high density lipoproteins (HDL), improving levels of intermediate density lipoproteins (IDL), lowering serum levels of triglycerides, low density lipbproteins (LDL), atherogenic molecules, and/or free fatty acids (FFA), treating hypertriglyceridemia, raising levels of HDL, lowering levels of LDL, and/or lowering total cholesterol, in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein or a pharmaceutical composition as described above.
- Further exemplifying the invention are methods for treating dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disorders, impaired glucose tolerance, hyperinsulinemia, hyperglycemia, insulin resistance, early, intermediate or late Type II diabetes (NIDDM), complications thereof, or Syndrome X, in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein or a pharmaceutical composition as described above.
- Further exemplifying the invention are methods for the treatment, prevention, or for inhibiting the progression of one or more of the following conditions or diseases: phase I hyperlipidemia; pre-clinical hyperlipidemia; phase II hyperlipidemia; hypertension; CAD (coronary artery disease); coronary heart disease; hypertriglyceridemia; lowering serum levels of low-density lipoproteins (LDL), IDL, and/or small-density LDL and other atherogenic molecules, or molecules that cause atherosclerotic complications, thereby reducing cardiovascular complications; elevating serum levels of high-density lipoproteins (HDL); lowering serum levels of triglycerides, LDL, and/or free fatty acids; and/or lowering FPG/HbA1c.
- Another example of the invention is the use of a compound prepared according to any of the processes described herein in the preparation of a medicament for treating (a) dyslipidemia, (b) cardiovascular disorders, (c) impaired glucose tolerance, (d) hyperinsulinemia, (e) hyperglycemia, (f) insulin resistance, (g) early Type II diabetes (NIDDM), (h) intermediate Type II diabetes (NIDDM), (i) late Type II diabetes (NIDDM), (j) complications of Type II diabetes or (k) Syndrome X, in a subject in need thereof.
- “Alkyl” includes optionally substituted straight chain and branched hydrocarbons with at least one hydrogen removed to form a radical group. Alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, pentyl, isopentyl, sec-pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, and so on. As used herein, alkyl also includes cycloalkyl, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
- “Alkenyl” includes optionally substituted straight chain and branched hydrocarbon radicals as above with at least one carbon-carbon double bond (Sp2). Alkenyls include ethenyl (or vinyl), prop-1-enyl, prop-2-enyl (or allyl), isopropenyl (or 1-methylvinyl), but-1-enyl, but-2-enyl, butadienyls, pentenyls, hexa-2,4-dienyl, and so on. Hydrocarbon radicals having a mixture of double bonds and triple bonds, such as 2-penten-4-ynyl, are grouped as alkynyls herein. As used herein, alkenyl also includes cycloalkenyl. Cis and trans or (E) and (Z) forms are included within the invention.
- “Alkynyl” includes optionally substituted straight chain and branched hydrocarbon radicals as above with at least one carbon-carbon triple bond (sp). Alkynyls include ethynyl, propynyls, butynyls, and pentynyls. Hydrocarbon radicals having a mixture of double bonds and triple bonds, such as 2-penten-4-ynyl, are grouped as alkynyls herein. Alkynyl does not include cycloalkynyl.
- “Alkoxy” includes an optionally substituted straight chain or branched alkyl group with a terminal oxygen linking the alkyl group to the rest of the molecule. Alkoxy includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, t-butoxy, pentoxy and so on.
- “Aminoalkyl”, “thioalkyl”, and “sulfonylalkyl” are analogous to alkoxy, replacing the terminal oxygen atom of alkoxy with, respectively, NH (or NR), S, and SO2. Heteroalkyl includes alkoxy, aminoalkyl, thioalkyl, and so on.
- “Aryl” includes phenyl, naphthyl, biphenylyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, and so on, any of which may be optionally substituted. Aryl also includes arylalkyl groups such as benzyl, phenethyl, and phenylpropyl. Aryl includes a ring system containing an optionally substituted 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring, said system may be bicyclic, bridge, and/or fused. The system may include rings that are aromatic, or partially or completely saturated. Examples of ring systems include indenyl, pentalenyl, 1-4-dihydronaphthyl, indanyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, isoquinolinyl, and so on.
- “Heterocyclyl” includes optionally substituted aromatic and nonaromatic rings having carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom (O, S, N) or heteroatom moiety (SO2, CO, CONH, COO) in the ring. Unless otherwise indicated, a heterocyclic radical may have a valence connecting it to the rest of the molecule through a carbon atom, such as 3-furyl or 2-imidazolyl, or through a heteroatom, such as N-piperidyl or 1-pyrazolyl. Preferably a monocyclic heterocyclyl has between 5 and 7 ring atoms, or between 5 and 6 ring atoms; there may be between 1 and 5 heteroatoms or heteroatom moieties in the ring, and preferably between 1 and 3, or between 1 and 2. A heterocyclyl may be saturated, unsaturated, aromatic (e.g., heteroaryl), nonaromatic, or fused.
- Heterocyclyl also includes fused, e.g., bicyclic, rings, such as those optionally condensed with an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic five- or six-membered aromatic ring. For example, “heteroaryl” includes an optionally substituted six-membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 nitrogen atoms condensed with an optionally substituted five- or six-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring. Said heterocyclic five- or six-membered aromatic ring condensed with the said five- or six-membered aromatic ring may contain 1, 2 or 3 nitrogen atoms where it is a six-membered ring, or 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur where it is a five-membered ring.
- Examples of heterocyclyls include thiazoylyl, furyl, thienyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, quinolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imdazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, and morpholinyl. For example, preferred heterocyclyls or heterocyclic radicals include morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridyl, cyclohexylimino, thienyl,and more preferably, piperidyl or morpholinyl.
- Examples illustrating heteroaryl are thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl.
- “Acyl” refers to a carbonyl moiety attached to either a hydrogen atom (i.e., a formyl group) or to an optionally substituted alkyl or alkenyl chain, or heterocyclyl.
- “Halo” or “halogen” includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo, and preferably fluoro or chloro as a substituent on an alkyl group, with one or more halo atoms, such as trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethylthio, difluoromethoxy, or fluoromethylthio.
- “Alkanediyl” or “alkylene” represents straight or branched chain optionally substituted bivalent alkane radicals such as, for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene or hexylene.
- “Alkenediyl” represents, analogous to the above, straight or branched chain optionally substituted bivalent alkene radicals such as, for example, propenylene, butenylene, pentenylene or hexenylene. In such radicals, the carbon atom linking a nitrogen preferably should be saturated.
- “Aroyl” refers to a carbonyl moiety attached to an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein aryl and heteroaryl have the definitions provided above. In particular, benzoyl is phenylcarbonyl.
- As defined herein, two radicals, together with the atom(s) to which they are attached may form an optionally substituted 4- to 7-, 5- to 7-, or a 5- to 6-membered ring carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which ring may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic. Said rings may be as defined above in the Summary of the Invention section.
- “Enantiomer excess” or “ee”, usually expressed as a percentage, describes the excess of one enantiomer over the other. The percentage enantiomer excess, ee=100(Xr−Xs)/(Xr+Xs), where Xr>Xs. Alternatively, ee=100(2X-1), where X is the mole fraction of the dominant enantiomer in the mixture. Please note that Xr and Xs represent the mole fraction of (R)-enantiomer and (S)-enantiomer respectively in the mixture.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and amides” include carboxylate salts, amino acid addition salts, esters, and amides which are within a reasonable benefitrisk ratio, pharmacologically effective and suitable for contact with the tissues of patients without undue toxicity, irritation, or allergic response. These salts, esters, and amides may be, for example, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, aryl, C2-10heteroaryl, or C2-10non-aromatic heterocyclic salts, esters, and amides. Salts, free acids, and esters are more preferable than amides on the terminal carboxylate/carboxylic acid group on the left of formula (I). Representative salts include hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, nitrate, acetate, oxalate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, borate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactiobionate, and laurylsulfonate. These may include alkali metal and alkali earth cations such as sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium, as well as non-toxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations such as tetramethyl ammonium, methylamine, trimethylamine, and ethylamine. See example, S. M. Berge, et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66:1-19 which is incorporated herein by reference. Representative pharmaceutically acceptable amides of the invention include those derived from ammonia, primary C1-6alkyl amines and secondary di(C1-6alkyl) amines. Secondary amines include 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring moieties containing at least one nitrogen atom and optionally between 1 and 2 additional heteroatoms. Preferred amides are derived from ammonia, C1-3alkyl primary amines, and di(C1-2alkyl)amines. Representative pharmaceutically acceptable esters of the invention include C1-7 alkyl, C5-7cycloalkyl, phenyl, and phenyl(C1-6)alkyl esters. Preferred esters include methyl and ethyl esters.
- As used herein, all hydrocarbon radicals, whether saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and whether or not cyclic, straight chain, or branched, and also similarly with all heterocyclic radicals, eachradical includes substituted radicals is of that type and monovalent, bivalent, and multivalent radicals as indicated by the context. The context will indicate that the substituent is an alkylene or hydrocarbon radical with at least two hydrogen atoms removed (bivalent) or more hydrogen atoms removed (multivalent).
- Radicals or structure fragments as defined herein are understood to include substituted radicals or structure fragments. Hydrocarbyls include monovalent radicals containing carbon and hydrogen such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, and cycloalkenyl (whether aromatic or unsaturated), as well as corresponding bivalent (or multi-valent) radicals such as alkylene, alkenylene, phenylene, and so on. Heterocarbyls include monovalent and bivalent (or multi-valent) radicals containing carbon, optionally hydrogen, and at least one heteroatom. Examples of monovalent heterocarbyls include acyl, acyloxy, alkoxyacyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, aroyl, benzoyl, dialkylamino, hydroxyalkyl, and so on. Using “alkyl” as an example, “alkyl” should be understood to include substituted alkyl having one or more substitutions, such as between 1 and 5, 1 and 3, or 2 and 4 substituents. The substituents may be the same (dihydroxy, dimethyl) or different (chlorofluoro-, chlorobenzyl- or aminomethyl-substituted). Examples of substituted alkyl include haloalkyl (such as fluoromethyl, chloromethyl, difluoromethyl, perchloromethyl, 2-bromoethyl, trifluoromethyl, and 3-iodocyclopentyl), hydroxyalkyl (such as hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl), aminoalkyl (such as aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 3-aminopropyl, and 2-aminopropyl), alkylalkyl, and so on. A di(C1-6alkyl)amino group includes independently selected alkyl groups, to form, for example, methylpropylamino and isopropylmethylamino, in addition dialkylamino groups having two of the same alkyl group such as dimethylamino or diethylamino.
- Only stable compounds are intended. For example, where there is an NR11R12 group, and R can be an alkenyl group, the double bond is at least one carbon removed from the nitrogen to avoid enamine formation. Similarly, where —(CH2)p—N—(CH2)q— can be unsaturated, the appropriate hydrogen atom(s) is(are) included or omitted, as shown in —(CH2)—N═(CH)—(CH2)— or —(CH2)—NH—(CH)═(CH)—.
-
- As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term “aprotic solvent” shall mean any solvent that does not yield a proton. Suitable examples include, but are not limited to DMF, dioxane, THF, acetonitrile, pyridine, dichloroethane, dichloromethane, MTBE, toluene, and the like.
- As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term “nitrogen protecting group” shall mean a group which may be attached to a nitrogen atom to protect said nitrogen atom from participating in a reaction and which may be readily removed following the reaction. Suitable nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to carbamates—groups of the formula —C(O)O—R wherein R is for example methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, CH2═CH—CH2—, and the like; amides—groups of the formula —C(O)—R′ wherein R′ is for example methyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, and the like; N-sulfonyl derivatives—groups of the formula —SO2—R″ wherein R″ is for example tolyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6-yl-, 2,3,6-trimethyl-4-methoxybenzene, and the like. Other suitable nitrogen protecting groups may be found in texts such as T. W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Grouis in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
- As used herein, unless otherwise noted, the term “carboxylic acid protecting group” shall mean a group which may be attached to —C(O)O— portion of the carboxylic acid to protect said carboxylic acid from participating in a reaction and which may be readily removed following the reaction. Suitable carboxylic acid protecting groups include, but are not limited C1-7alkyl, C5-7Cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenylC1-6alkyl, and the like. Other suitable carboxylic acid protecting groups may be found in texts such as T. W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
- In the process for the preparation of the compounds of formula (I), application of the present invention to a mixture of enantiomers of the compound of formula (L), substantially free of the S enantiomer, will result in the production of a mixture of enantiomers of formula (I), substantially free of the S enantiomer. Similarly, in the process for the preparation of the compounds of formula (I), application of the present invention to a mixture of enantiomers of formula (L), substantially free of the R enantiomer, will result in the production of a mixture of enantiomers of formula (I), substantially free of the R enantiomer. Preferably, the enantiomeric excess of the desired enantiomer of formula (I) is at least about 90% ee, more preferably, at least about 96% ee, most preferably, about 99% ee.
- To provide a more concise description, some of the quantitative expressions given herein are not qualified with the term “about”. It is understood that whether the term “about” is used explicitly or not, every quantity given herein is meant to refer to the actual given value, and it is also meant to refer to the approximation to such given value that would reasonably be inferred based on the ordinary skill in the art, including approximations due to the experimental and/or measurement conditions for such given value.
- One skilled in the art will recognize that wherein a reaction step of the present invention may be carried out in a variety of solvents or solvent systems, said reaction step may also be carried out in a mixture of the suitable solvents or solvent systems.
- Where the processes for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention give rise to mixture of stereoisomers, these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography. The compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared either by enantiospecific synthesis or by resolution. The compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques, such as the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid, followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base. The compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
- During any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present invention, it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T. W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
- With reference to substituents, the term “independently” means that when more than one of such substituents is possible, such substituents may be the same or different from each other.
- When a particular group is “substituted” (e.g., phenyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl), that group may have one or more substituents, preferably from one to three substituents, more preferably from one to two substituents, independently selected from the list of substituents.
- The term “subject” as used herein, refers to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
- The term “therapeutically effective amount” as used herein, means that 15 amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.
- As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
- Abbreviations used in the specification, particularly the Schemes and Examples, are as follows:
Ac = Acetyl (i.e. —C(O)—CH3) ACN or MeCN = Acetonitrile Alloc = CH2═CHCH2—O—C(O)— DCE = Dichloroethane DCM = Dichloromethane DIPEA or DIEA = Diisopropylethylamine DMA = Dimethylacetamide DMF = N,N-Dimethytformamide DMSO = Dimethyl sulfoxide % ee = Percent Enantiomeric Excess Et3N or TEA = Triethylamine EtOAc = Ethyl acetate EtOH = Ethanol FTIR = Fourier Transform Infra-Red HPLC = High Pressure Liquid Chromatography iPrOAc = Isopropyl acetate KF = Karl-Fisher (% water measurement) LAH = Lithium Aluminum Hydride LDA = Lithium Diisopropylamide LHMDS = Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide MeOH = Methanol mp = Melting Point MS = Mass Spectroscopy MTBE = Methyl-t-butyl ether MTr = 2,3,6-trimethyl-4-methoxy-phenyl-sulfonyl NMR = Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Pd(PPh3)4 = Palladium (0) Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) TFA = Trifluoroacetic Acid THF = Tetrahydrofuran - In an embodiment of the present invention, in the compound of formula (I), (a) one of R1 and R2 is methyl or ethyl; (b) each of R1 and R2 is methyl; (c) R1 and R2 taken together are cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl; (d) R3 is H; (e) R4 is H or C2-7alkyl; (e) R4 is H or C2-5alkyl; (f) R4 is ethyl; (g) R4 is H; (h) n is 1; (i) 2; (j) at least one of R5 and R7 is H; (k) R6 is C1-4alkyl, halomethoxy, or halothiomethoxy (i.e —S-(halomethyl)); (I) R6 is t-butyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluorothiomethoxy (i.e. —S—CF3), difluoromethoxy, or dimethylamino; (m) R3 is H, R4 is C2-7alkyl; (n) R4 is C2-5alkyl; (o) R6 is cyclopropylmethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, methylethylamino, or diethylamino; (p) the (S) enantiomer at the C-2 position on the indane or tetralin; (q) the (R) entantiomer at the. C-2 position on the indane or tetralin; (r) where R15 is C1-7 alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene), (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene), C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl, or C3-8alkynyl; (s) R6 is trifluoromethylthio or trifluoromethoxy; or (t) any combination of the above.
- In another embodiment of the present invention, the compound of formula (I) selected from the group consisting of 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid; 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3fluoro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid; 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid; 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid; 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-methyl-5, 6,7,8tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid; 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-trifluoromethoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid; 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ureido]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid; 2-{6-[(4-Aminophenyl)-1-ethyl-ureido]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid and 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-4-trifluoromethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid.
- In another embodiment of the present invention the compound of formula (I) selected from the group consisting of 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-methyl propionic acid; 2-{6-[3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid; 2-{2-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]indan-5-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid; 2-{2-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureido]indan-5-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid; and 2-Methyl-2-{2-[1-propyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]indan-5-ylsulfanyl}propionic acid.
- In an embodiment of the present invention c is 0. In another embodiment of the present invention n is 1 and X is bound at the 5-position. In yet another embodiment of the present invention n is 2 and X is bound at the 6- or 7-position, preferably at the 6-position.
- In an embodiment of the present invention, wherein n is 1 and R3 is hydrogen or is other than hydrogen and is bound at the 4-, 6- or 7-position, then the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)-Q group is bound at the 5-position. In another embodiment of the present invention, wherein n is 1 and R3 is hydrogen or is other than hydrogen and is bound at the 4-, 6- or 7- position, then the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position.
- In an embodiment of the present invention, wherein n is 1 and R3 is other than hydrogen and is bound at the 5-position, then the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)-Q group is bound at the 6-position. In another embodiment of the present invention, wherein n is 1 and R3 is other than hydrogen and is bound at the 5-position, then the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 6-position.
- In an embodiment of the present invention Q is Opg2 or N(Pg3Pg4), wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group as readily understood by one skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, C1-7alkyl, C5-7cycloalkyl, phenyl, phenylC1-6alkyl, and the like; and Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; alternatively Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3 ioheteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic, preferably a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring moiety containing at least one nitrogen atom and optionally between 1 and 2 additional heteroatoms. In another embodiment of the present invention Q is OPg2, wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group.
- In an embodiment of the present invention Q is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, unsubstituted C1-6alkoxy, amino, unsubstituted C1-4alkylamino and di(unsubstitutedC1-4alkyl)amino. In another embodiment of the present invention Q is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, ispropyloxy, n-butyloxy, t-butoxy, amino, methylamino and dimethylamino. In yet another embodiment of the present invention Q is C1-6alkoxy, wherein the C1-6alkoxy is not substituted with amino. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, Q is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, ethoxy and t-butoxy.
-
-
- Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted (for example, protected) according to known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to CISO3H, such as, Alloc (CH2═CHCH2—O—C(O)—), acetyl (CH3—C(O)—), (C14alkyl)-C(O)—, and the like. For example, the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably selected protecting reagent such as Alloc-Cl (CH2═CHCH2—O—C(O)—Cl), Alloc2O (CH2═CHCH2—OC(O)—O—C(O)O—CH2CH═CH2), AcCl (CH3—C(O)—Cl), Ac2O (CH3—C(O)—O—C(O)—CH3), and the like. Wherein the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a Alloc-Cl, or Alloc2O, the corresponding protecting group Pg1 is Alloc. Preferably, Pg1 is selected from Alloc or acetyl.
- The compound of formula (IV) is reacted with a suitable substituted compound of formula (V), wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl, or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a base such as NaH, n-butyl lithium, LDA, LHMDS, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, MTBE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI). The compound of formula (VI) is then reacted with ClSO3H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO3H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
- Alternatively, the compound of formula (IV) is reacted with ClSO3H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO3H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R4 is hydrogen.
- The compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), such as Zn, and the like, in the presence of an acid such as HCl, H2SO4, and the like, in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, dioxane, and the like; or with Zn in the presence of (CH3)2SiCl2 and DMA, in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, acetonitrile, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like; to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) and the corresponding compound of formula (IX).
- Alternatively, wherein the compound of formula (VII) Pg1 is tosyl or MTr, the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), such as LiAlH4, and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about reflux, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII).
- The compound of formula (VIII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IX) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as NaHCO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3, Cs2CO3, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XI).
- Alternatively, the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII) is reacted with a reducing agent which is is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (VIII), such as LiAlH4, LiBH4, NaBH4, and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII), which is preferably not isolated. The compound of formula (VIII) is then reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as NaHCO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3, Cs2CO3, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XI).
- The compound of formula (XI) is reacted to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L). For example, the compound of formula (XI) is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L).
-
- Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted (for example, protected) according to known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to ClSO3H, such as, Alloc (CH2═CHCH2—O—C(O)—), acetyl (CH3—C(O)—), (C1-4alkyl)-C(O)—, and the like. For example, the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably selected protecting reagent such as Alloc-Cl (CH2═CHCH2—O—C(O)—Cl), Alloc2O. (CH2═CHCH2—OC(O)—O—C(O)O—CH2CH═CH2), AcCl (CH3—C(O)—Cl), Ac2O. (CH3—C(O)—O—C(O)—CH3), and the like. Wherein the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a Alloc-Cl, or Alloc2O, the corresponding protecting group Pg1 is Alloc. Preferably, Pg1 is selected from Alloc or acetyl.
- The compound of formula (IV) is reacted with a suitable substituted compound of formula (V), wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl, or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a base such as NaH, n-butyl lithium, LDA, LHMDS, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, MTBE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI). The compound of formula (VI) is then reacted with ClSO3H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO3H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII).
- Alternatively, the compound of formula (IV) is reacted with ClSO3H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO3H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R4 is hydrogen.
- The compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), such as Zn, and the like, in the presence of an acid such as HCl, H2SO4, and the like, in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, dioxane, and the like; or with Zn in the presence of (CH3)2SiC1-2 and DMA, in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, acetonitrile, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like; to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) and the corresponding compound of formula (IX).
- Alternatively, wherein the compound of formula (VII) Pg1 is tosyl or MTr, the compound of formula (VII) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), such as LiAlH4, and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about reflux, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII).
- The compound of formula (VIII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IX), is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groucs in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Grouis in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII).
- Alternatively, the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), is reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (IX), such as LiAlH4, LiBH4, NaBH4, and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII), which is preferably not isolated. The compound of formula (VIII) is then de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII).
- Alternatively still, the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XII). The compound of formula (XII) is then reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (XII), such as LiAlH4, LiBH4, NaBH4, and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII).
- The compound of formula (XIII) reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as NaHCO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3, Cs2CO3, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L).
-
- Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted (for example, protected) according to known methods, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to ClSO3H, such as, Alloc (CH2═CHCH2—O—C(O)—), acetyl (CH3—C(O)—), (C1-4alkyl)-C(O)—, and the like. For example, the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a suitably selected protecting reagent such as Alloc-Cl (CH2═CHCH2-Q-C(O)—Cl), Alloc2O. (CH2═CHCH2—OC(O)—O—C(O)O—CH2CH═CH2), AcCl (CH3—C(O)—Cl), Ac2O. (CH3—C(O)—O—C(O)—CH3), and the like. Wherein the compound of formula (III) is reacted with a Alloc-Cl, or Alloc2O, the corresponding protecting group Pg1 is Alloc. Preferably, Pg1 is selected from Alloc or acetyl.
- The compound of formula (IV) is reacted with ClSO3H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO3H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R4 is hydrogen.).
- The compound of formula (VIIIa) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VIIa) such as Zn, and the like, in the presence of an acid such as HCl, H2SO4, and the like, in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, dioxane, and the like; or with Zn in the presence of (CH3)2SiC1-2 and DMA, in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, acetonitrile, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like; to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) wherein R4 is hydrogen) and the corresponding compound of formula (IXa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (IXa) wherein R4 is hydrogen).
- The compound of formula (VIIIa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IXa) is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (XIII) wherein R4 is hydrogen). The compound of formula (XIIIa) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), NaHCO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3, Cs2CO3, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (L) wherein R4 is hydrogen).
- Alternatively, the compound of formula (IXa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIIIa), is reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (IXa), such as LiAlH4, LiBH4, NaBH4, and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa). The compound of formula (VIIIa) is then reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), NaHCO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3, Cs2CO3, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (XI) wherein R4 is hydrogen). The compound of formula (XIa) is then reacted to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La). For example, the compound of formula (XIa) is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La).
- Alternatively still, the compound of formula (IXa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIIIa), is de-protected according to known methods, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenun Pressm 1973 and T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (XII) wherein R4 is hydrogen). The compound of formula (XIIa) is then reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (XIIa), such as LiAlH4, LiBH4, NaBH4, and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIa) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (XIII) wherein R4 is hydrogen). The compound of formula (XIIIa) is then reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as NaHCO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3, Cs2CO3, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La).
- The compound of formula (La) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V), wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl, or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of a base such as NaH, n-butyl lithium, LDA, LHMDS, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, MTBE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lb). Alternatively, the compound of formula (La) is reacted with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (La), wherein R4b is selected from (C1-4 straight chain alkylene)R15 or (straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16, in the presence of an organic such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like, or in the presence of an inorganic base such as NaHCO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3, Cs2CO3, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XVIII); the compound of formula (XVIII) is then reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVIII), such as borane, and the like, in a aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, MTBE, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lb).
-
- Accordingly, a suitably substituted compound of formula (III), a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, is reacted with a suitably substituted acylating capable of attaching an —C(O)O—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (III), wherein R4b is selected from (C14 straight chain alkylene)R15 or (straight chain C14 alkylene)R16, for example an acid chloride of the formula Cl—C(O)—R4b, a symmetric anhydride of the formula R4b—C(O)—O—C(O)—R4b, and the like, in the presence of an organic base, preferably a tertiary amine base such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like, in an aprotic solvent such as THF, DMF, dioxane, ethyl acetate, and the like; or in the presence of an organic or inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na2CO3, NaHCO3, K2CO3, KHCO3, TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like, in a mixture of an aprotic solvent and water, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIV).
- The compound of formula (XIV) is reacted with ClSO3H, optionally in a polar organic solvent which is inert to ClSO3H, such as DCM, DCE, acetonitrile, DMF, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XV).
- The compound of formula (XV) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (XV), such as Zn, and the like, in the presence of an acid such as HCl, H2SO4, and the like, optionally in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile, THF, dioxane, and the like; or with Zn in the presence of (CH3)2SiC1-2 and DMA, in an aprotic organic solvent such as THF, dioxane, acetonitrile, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like; to yield a mixture of the compound of formula (XVI) and the compound of formula (XVII).
- One skilled in the art will recognize that when the compound of formula (XV) is reacted with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group and the amide group on the compound of formula (XV), such as LiAlH4, and the like, in an organic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about reflux, then the compound of formula (XV) is reacted to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb) in one step.
- The compound of formula (XVI), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (XVII) is reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVI), such as LiAlH4, borane, and the like, in an aprotic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (XIII) wherein R4 is other than hydrogen). Wherein the reducing agent is LiAlH4, the compound(s) is reduced at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature.
- Alternatively, the compound of formula (XVII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (XVI) is reacted with a reducing agent which is capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVII) and the disulfide on the compound of formula (XVII), such as LiAlH4, borane, and the like, in an aprotic solvent which is inert to the reducing agent, such as THF, dioxane, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb). Wherein the reducing agent is LiAlH4, the compound(s) is reduced at a temperature in the range of from about room temperature to about reflux, preferably at about room temperature.
- The compound of formula (XIIIb) is reacted with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, a known compound or compound prepared by known methods, in the presence of an organic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as TEA, DIPEA, pyridine, and the like or in the presence of an inorganic base which is inert to the compound of formula (X), such as NaHCO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3, Cs2CO3, and the like, in a polar aprotic solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lc) (i.e. the corresponding compound of formula (L) wherein R4 is selected from (C2-5 straight chain alkylene)R15 or (straight chain C2-5 alkylene)R16).
- The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (I)
wherein R1, R2, X, R3, n, R4, c, R5, R6 and R7 are as herein defined. The compounds of formula (I) are useful as PPAR alpha agonists, more specifically as selective PPAR alpha agonists. PPAR alpha agonists are useful for the treatment, prevention, or inhibiting the progression of one or more of the following conditions or diseases: phase I hyperlipidemia; pre-clinical hyperlipidemia; phase II hyperlipidemia; hypertension; CAD (coronary artery disease); coronary heart disease; hypertriglyceridemia; lowering serum levels of low-density lipoproteins (LDL), IDL, and/or small-density LDL and other atherogenic molecules, or molecules that cause atherosclerotic complications, thereby reducing cardiovascular complications; elevating serum levels of high-density lipoproteins (HDL); lowering serum levels of triglycerides, LDL, and/or free fatty acids; and/or lowering FPG/HbA1c. - More specifically, the compound of formula (I) may be prepared by reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (L) with a suitably substituted isocyanate, a compound of the formula (XIX)
according to known methods. One skilled in the art will recognize that in reacting the compound of formula (L) with a suitably substituted isocyanate, a compound of formula (XIX), it may be necessary or desirable to protect reactive groups on the compound of formula (L), according to known methods. For example, it may be necessary or desirable to protect the carboxylic acid or amide on the compound of formula (L) when Q is OH or NH2, respectively. One skilled in the art will further recognize that wherein the compound of formula (L) Q is OPg2, NH or N(Pg3Pg4), the compound of formula (L) is reacted with a suitably substituted isocyanate, a compound of formula (XIX), according to known methods, to yield an intermediate which is then de-protected according to known methods to yield the corresponding compound of formula (I). - In an embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (L) wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, Q is OH or OPg2, the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)-Q is bound at the 5- position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1 and R4 is ethyl. In another embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (L) wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, Q is OPg2, Pg2is t-butyl, the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)-Q is bound at the 5- position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1 and R4 is ethyl.
- In another embodiment of the present invention is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6ester or C1-6amide thereof, wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, wherein —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH is bound at the 5- position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
- The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Le)
wherein Qb is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, wherein the C1-6alkoxy is not substituted with amino. Preferably, Qb is unsubstituted C1-6alkoxy, more preferably, Qb is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, ethoxy and t-butoxy. -
- Accordingly, a compound of formula (Ld) is reacted with (S)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, and the like, preferably ethanol; or in acetone, at a temperature in the range of from about 35° C. to about 0° C., to yield the corresponding (R,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XX).
- The (R,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XX), is r eacted with an inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na2CO3, K2CO3, and the like to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Le).
- Preferably, the compound of formula (Le) is prepared with an enantiomeric excess in the range of from about 70 % ee to about 90 % ee. One skilled in the art will recognize that wherein a greater % ee is desired, the diasteromeric salt of the compound of formula (Le) may be further re-slurrried in or recrystallized from an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, acetone, and the like.
-
- Accordingly, a compound of formula (Ld) is reacted with (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in acetone, at a temperature greater than about 35° C., preferably at a temperature greater than about 45° C.; or in THF at about room temperature; to yield the corresponding (R,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI).
- The (R,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI), is reacted with an inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na2CO3, K2CO3, and the like to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Le).
- Preferably, the compound of formula (Le) is prepared with an enantiomeric excess in the range of from about 70 % ee to about 90 % ee. One skilled in the art will recognize that wherein a greater % ee is desired, the diasteromeric salt of the compound of formula (Le) may be further re-slurrried in or recrystallized from an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, acetone, and the like.
- One skilled in the art will further recognize that the S-enantiomer of the compound of formula (Ld), a compound of formula (Lf)
may be similarly prepared by reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, and the like, preferably ethanol; or in acetone, at a temperature in the range of from about 35° C. to about 0° C.; to yield the corresponding (S,R) diastereomeric salt which is then reacted with an inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na2CO3, K2CO3, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lf). - Alternatively, the S-enantiomer of the compound of formula (Ld) (i.e. the compound of formula (Lf)) may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (S)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in acetone, at a temperature greater than about 35° C., preferably at a temperature greater than about 45° C.; or in THF at about room temperature; to yield the corresponding (S,S) diastereomeric salt which is then reacted with an inorganic base such as NaOH, KOH, Na2CO3, K2CO3, and the like, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lf).
- The present invention is further directed to a novel crystalline salt of the compound of formula (IIa)
more specifically a crystalline N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine (benzathine) salt of the compound of formula (IIa). In an embodiment of the present invention is a crystalline N.N′-dibenzylethylenediamine salt of the compound of formula (IIa) wherein the ratio of the compound of formula (IIa) to the N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine is 1:1. - The crystalline benzathine salt of the compound of formula (IIa) may be characterized by the major peaks of its X-ray diffraction peaks, as listed in Table 1, below. The X-ray diffraction pattern was measured as follows. The crystalline benzathine salt of the compound of formula (IIa) was backloaded into a conventional X-ray holder. Using an X-Celerator detector, the sample was scanned from 3 to 35 °2θ at a step size of 0.0165 °2θ and a time per step of 10.16 seconds. The effective scan speed was 0.2067°/s. Instrument voltage and current settings of 45 kV and 40 mA were employed.
TABLE 1 XRD - Compound of formula (IIa) Benzathine Salt Position [°2θ] d-spacing [Å] Relative Intensity [%] 6.3894 13.8336 17.39 8.0423 10.9938 13.38 12.157 7.2803 19.22 16.012 5.5354 15.74 17.929 4.9475 20.77 18.048 4.9151 14.20 19.038 4.6618 100.00 19.2656 4.6072 26.28 20.325 4.3694 10.65 21.943 4.0508 16.85 22.190 4.0063 18.63 22.330 3.9815 12.37 - The present invention is further directed to a process for the preparation of the benzathine salt of the compound of formula (IIa). More particularly, the compound of formula (lha) is reacted with N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, in an aprotic solvent such as isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate, MTBE, and the like, preferably in isopropyl acetate, preferably, at a temperature less than about 5° C., more preferably, at a temperature in the range of from about 5° C. to about −5° C., yield the corresponding N,N′-dibenzylethylenediame (benzathine) salt of the compound of formula (IIa).
- The following Examples are set forth to aid in the understanding of the invention, and are not intended and should not be construed to limit in any way the invention set forth in the claims which follow thereafter.
-
- To a cooled mixture of 2-aminoindan (1.2 mol, 160.00 g) in ethyl acetate (1019 mL) at about 5-7° C. was added a solution of Na2CO3 (2.4 mol, 254.65 g) in water (1528 mL) while stirring, followed by the addition of a solution of acetyl chloride (1.32 mol, 109.19 g) slowly over 2 hours. The reaction temperature was maintained below 10° C. by adjusting the addition rate. During the addition, a suspension was formed. After the addition of acetyl chloride, the mixture was stirred at the room temperature for 1 hour. The precipitated solid was collected by vacuum filtration and the filter cake was washed with water (200 mL), EtOAc (200 mL), and air-dried for 48 hours. The first crop of the product was obtained as a white crystalline solid.
- The filtrate was placed in a separatory funnel and the aqueous layer was separated. The organic layer was washed once with water (500 mL) and once with brine (500 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was evaporated in vacuo to half of its original volume and then diluted with heptane (1000 mL) while stirring to produce a white suspension. The solid was collected by vacuum filtration and washed twice with portions of heptane (300 mL). The second crop of the product was obtained as white crystalline solid.
- mp 127-129° C.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.13 (m, 4H), 6.99 (br d, 1H), 4.57 (m, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J ═16.1, 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.78 (dd, J=16.0, 5.1 Hz, 2H), 1.85 (s, 3H).
- 13C NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 170.7, 141.4, 127.01, 125.1, 51.0, 41.2, 23.5.
- MS (ESI): m/z 176.2 (MH+).
- Elemental Analysis for C11H13NO:
- Calculated: C, 75.40; H, 7.48; N, 7.99
- Found: C, 75.13; H, 7.73; N, 7.96.
-
- To a 2 L 3-necked glass reaction flask equipped with stirrer, condenser, thermocouple, 500 mL addition funnel and nitrogen inlet was added N-acetyl-2-aminoindan (0.96 mol, 167.70 g) and acetonitrile (490 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred and cooled in an ice-bath to about 3-5° C. and ClSO3H (3.83 mol, 440 g) was added slowly. The first 30% of the reagent was added over 30 minutes while maintaining the reaction temperature below 15° C. The ice-bath was then removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature. The remaining 70% of the reagent was added over 30 minutes and the temperature of the reaction solution rose to 80° C. at the end of the addition. The yellow reaction solution was stirred at 50° C. for about 20 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to 30° C. and slowly poured into a vigorously stirred mixture of ice (1620 g), water (945 mL), and acetonitrile (135 mL) in an ice-bath over about 10-15 minutes. The temperature of the quenching mixture dropped from 5° C. to −6° C. A white solid precipitated and the mixture was stirred at about 0-5° C. for 30 minutes. The solid was collected by vacuum filtration and slurried 4 times with a cold mixture of water (4×300 mL). The pH of the last slurry was around 2-3. The solid was then slurried with cold acetone (300 mL) (5-7° C.), collected by filtration, and finally rinsed with of cold acetone (200 mL). The solid product was air-dried for 4 hours, followed by drying in a vacuum oven at room temperature for 48 hours. The product was obtained as a white solid.
- mp 158-160° C.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.53 (br s, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (br m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.77 (dd, J=16.2, 5.7 Hz, 2H), 1.85 (s, 3H).
- 13C NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 169.6, 145.3, 142.3, 140.9, 123.9, 123.7, 121.6, 50.2, 38.6, 38.4, 22.2.
- MS (ESI): m/z 274.0 (MH+)
- Elemental Analysis for C11H12ClNO3S.0.1H2O:
- Calculated: C, 47.95; H, 4.47; Cl, 12.87; N, 5.09; S, 11.64; KF, 0.66%
- Found: C, 47.61; H, 4.49; Cl, 12.50; N, 5.13; S, 11.50; KF, 0.67%
-
- A suspension of zinc (22.94 g, 0.35 mol) and 2-acetylamino-indan-5-sulfonyl chloride (93% weight) (29.45 g, 0.10 mol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) in a 1 Liter four-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a condenser, a thermometer, an addition funnel, and a mechanical stirrer was heated to about 50-60° C. The heating source was removed and to the warm suspension was added concentrated HCl (59.20 g, 0.60 mol) slowly over 1 hour. The addition rate was adjusted to maintain the reaction temperature between about 70-75° C. A gentle gas (H2) evolution was observed throughout the addition of HCl. The reaction was then cooled to about 30-36° C. over 30 minutes while stirring. The reaction mixture was filtered into a 500 mL one-necked round-bottomed flask through a frited glass funnel to remove the Zn residue. The reaction flask was rinsed with EtOAc (25 mL). The mixture was concentrated on a rotavapor under reduced pressure at about 45-50° C. bath temperature to remove most of the organic solvents. The concentrated aqueous solution was mixed with of EtOAc (150 mL), followed by the addition of H2O. (75 mL). After stirring for 15 minutes, the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed four times with H2O. (3×75 mL). After separation of layers, the organic layer was concentrated on a rotavapor at 60° C. to ¼ of its original volume (about 40 mL). Most of the precipitated white solid was dissolved by heating to reflux. The mixture was then diluted with MTBE (75 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The solid product was collected by vacuum filtration, washed with MTBE (20 mL), dried under nitrogen for 4 hours, then in a vacuum oven at about 40-45° C. for 24 h. The product was obtained as an off-white solid.
- mp 128-129.5° C.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.12 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.08 (brs, 2H), 5.18 (s, 1H), 4.41 (m, 1H), 3.09 (m, 2H), 2.69 (m, 2H), 1.79 (s, 3H).
- 13C NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 168.9, 142.4, 138.2, 129.2, 126.6, 125.0,124.8, 49.9, 38.9, 38.5, 22.5.
- MS (ESI): m/z 208.2 (MH+)
- Elemental Analysis for C11H13NOS:
- Calculated: C, 63.73; H, 6.32; N, 6.76; S, 15.47
- Found: C, 63.48; H, 6.50; N, 6.64; S, 15.56
-
- To a suspension of zinc (28.60 g, 0.44 mol) and 2-acetylamino-indan-5-sulfonyl chloride (40.00 g, 0.146 mol) in acetonitrile (400 mL) in a three-necked round-bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, an addition funnel, and a thermometer was added a solution of dichlorodimethylsilane (44.2 mL, 0.365 mol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) at room temperature over 1 hour. The reaction temperature increased to 66° C. during the addition. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours and some solids were formed.
- THF (100 mL) was added to dissolve the suspension and the excess Zn was removed by decantation and rinsed with THF (20 mL. The crude ACN/THF solution was extracted with heptane (3×300 mL) to remove the silane byproducts. The ACN/THF layer was concentrated and re-dissolved in EtOAc (300 mL) and H2O (150 mL). The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with H2O. (2×200 mL), brine (200 mL), and then concentrated to the half of its original volume. The solution was diluted with toluene (200 mL) and concentrated again to remove all EtOAc. The suspension in toluene was warmed to 90° C. for 15 minutes and stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The solid product was collected by vacuum filtration, rinsed with toluene (20 mL), air-dried for 2 hours, and further dried in a vacuum oven at 60° C. for 2 days. The product was obtained as an off-white solid.
- mp 165-168° C. (soften at 137° C.)
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.13 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (s, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 4.42 (br m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 3.11 (m, 2H), 2.71 (dd, J=16.2, 5.3 Hz, 4H), 1.78 (s, 6H).
- 13C NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 168.8, 142.9, 141.4, 133.7, 126.1, 125.3, 124.0, 49.9, 38.9, 38.6, 22.5.
- MS (ESI): m/z 413.1 (MH+)
-
- N-(5-Mercapto-indan-2-yl)-acetamide (330.0 g, 1.59 mol) was dissolved in a warm THF (1.65 L) at 50° C. The solution was then slowly added to LAH solution (1 M in THF) (2.385 L, 2.385 mol) at about 60-66° C. over 25 minutes to allow gentle reflux and slow gas evolution. After addition, the light yellow suspension was stirred under reflux for 4 hours. The reaction was cooled to about 5-7° C. in an ice-water bath. The reaction was quenched by the slow addition of methanol (203.7 g, 6.36 mol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction temperature was maintained below 25° C. by adjusting the addition rate. After quenching, the resulted green suspension was cooled to 5-7° C. and treated with tert-butyl 2-bromo-2-methylpropionate (354.7 g, 1.59 mol). The resulted mixture was warmed to room temperature while stirring and then maintained with stirring at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was treated by the slow addition of H2O. (90.6 mL) and 15% of aqueous NaOH (90.6 mL) sequentially. The resulted granular solid was removed by vacuum filtration through a 3L coarse frit funnel lined with Celite filter aid. The filter cake was rinsed twice with THF (2×500 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to remove about 70-80% of THF. The filter cake was suspended in EtOAc (2 L) and stirred for 30 minutes. The suspension was filtered through a 3L coarse frit funnel. The filtrate was combined with the crude concentrated THF solution obtained above. The combined organic layer was washed with H2O. (2 L). After separation of layers, the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo at 50° C. to remove the most of volatiles. The concentrated solution was diluted with anhydrous ethanol (800 mL) and re-concentrated to yield a purple oil. The crude product was used for the next step without further purification.
- MS (ESI): m/z 336.1 (MH+)
-
- To (R)-2-chloropropionic acid (200 g, 1.81 mol) was added a solution of 50% NaOH (147.4 g, 1.84 mol) in water (520 mL) with the internal temperature below 25° C. In another flask, water (800 mL) and hydroquinone (811.8 g, 7.38 mol) were mixed. To the water/hydroquinone mixture was added 50% NaOH (1179.6 g, 14.71 mol), then the above (R)-2-chloropropionate sodium salt solution was added to the mixture, keeping the internal temperature below 55° C. The reaction mixture was heated at about 55-60° C. for an additional 2 h.
- The reaction mixture was then cooled down to 5° C. To the reaction mixture was added concentrated HCl (1090 mL, 13.28 mol) while maintaining the temperature at about 15-30° C. to adjust the pH to about 4.3. The excess solid hydroquinone was removed by extraction with methyl isobutyl ketone three times (1200 mL, 200 mL×2). The resulting aqueous layer was further acidified to pH 1 with concentrated HCl (140 mL, 1.7 mol). Most of the (S)-2-(4-hydroxylphenoxy)propionic acid became solid at this point. (S)-2-(4-hydroxylphenoxy)propionic acid was then extracted into isopropyl acetate (800 mL and 400 mL). Water (325 mL) was added to the isopropyl acetate solution and the isopropyl acetate was removed azeotropically. The aqueous solution was adjusted to pH about 2.2 with 50% NaOH, then cooled down slowly to 20° C. The crude solid was collected by vacuum filtration and the filter cake was washed with small amount of water. The crude solid was recrystallized from water (230 mL) to yield the title compound as a white granular solid of 100% ee.
- mp 139-140° C.
- Optical rotation: [α]20 D=−38.5 (c 1.0, MeOH)
- MS: m/z(ESI−): 181.12 (M-H)−, m/z (ESI+): 204.96 (M+Na)+
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.85 (brs, 1H), 8.95 (brs, 1H), 6.68 (m, 4H), 4.62 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.44 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).
- 13C NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 173.8, 151.9, 150.6, 116.4, 116.0, 72.7, 18.7,
- FTIR (KBr): 3211 (br.), 1716, 1516, 1454, 1416, 1377, 1330, 1263, 1233, 1176, 1136, 1098, 1045, 946, 918, 861, 826, 766, 712, 697, 673, 638, 563, 508 cm−1.
- Elemental Analysis for C9H10O4:
- Calculated: C: 59.34H: 5.93
- Found: C: 59.24H: 5.83
-
- A solution of (S)-(−)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid (46.7 g) in 95% EtOH (200 mL) was warmed to about 30-35° C. To the solution was added a solution of the crude dark purple oil prepared in Example 5 above (94.5 g, 0.25 mol, 89% pure) in 95% EtOH (227 mL). After addition, the mixture was stirred and cooled down to 0° C. at the rate of less than 5° C. per hour. The suspension was then stirred at 0° C. for 2 hours, the solid was collected by vacuum filtration.
- The crude solid with 86% ee was dissolved in 95% ethanol (165 mL) at 60° C. The solution was cooled slowly to 20° C. and stirred at this temperature for 18 hours. The solid was collected by vacuum filtration to yield the product as a white granular solid with 99.5% ee.
- mp 145.6-147.0° C.
- Optical rotation: [α]20 D=−22.8 (c 1.0, MeOH).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.26 (m, 3H), 6.62 (m, 4H), 4.35 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (m, 2H), 3.74 (p, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (dd, J=6.7 Hz, 16.3 Hz, 2H), 2.76 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.35 (s, 6H), 1.34 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.10 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).
- 13C NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 175.8, 172.4, 151.5, 151.2, 142.3, 141.3, 135.5, 132.9, 129.4, 125.0, 115.9, 115.7, 80.7, 74.8, 57.4, 51.2, 41.0, 36.4, 27.8, 26.1, 19.3, 12.3.
- FTIR (KBr): 2980, 2934, 1717, 1629, 1576, 1510, 1458, 1405, 1368, 1279, 1257, 1230, 1148, 1121, 1101, 1044, 848, 830, 801, 758, 679, 643, 525 cm−1.
- Elemental Analysis for C28H39NO6S.0.43 EtOH:
- Calculated: C: 64.19, H: 7.66, N: 2.13, S: 5.49
- Found: C: 64.12, H: 7.87, N: 2.18, S: 5.89
-
- The diastereomeric salt prepared in Example 7 above (357 g, 0.635 mol) was charged into a mixture of isopropyl acetate (2 L) and 50% of NaOH (102 g, 1.28 mol) in water (0.8 L). The mixture was stirred until all solids dissolved. After removal of the bottom aqueous layer, the isopropyl acetate layer was washed with water 3 times until the pH of the aqueous phase was about 7. The organic solution was concentrated at 60° C. to remove about ¾ of the isopropyl acetate. 1 L of fresh isopropyl acetate was added and the amount of residual water in the solution was assayed by KF. The solution was used for the next step directly.
- An analytical sample was obtained as clear oil by simple concentration of a small amount of the crude solution.
- Optical Rotation: [α]20 D=−17.1 (c 1.0, MeOH).
- MS (APCl): m/z 336.3 (MH+).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.19 (m, 2H), 3.50 (p, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (dt, J=16 Hz, 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (m, 2H), 2.57 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.34 (s, 6H), 1.01 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).
- 13C NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 172.0, 143.8, 142.8, 134.5, 132.6, 128.2, 124.6, 80.2, 59.2, 50.7, 41.7, 39.3, 27.4, 25.7, 15.2.
- FTIR (ReactIR, neat): 2971, 2933, 2838, 1721, 1474, 1461, 1385, 1366, 1343, 1275, 1256, 1146, 1121, 1036, 1009, 942, 847, 820, 752, 706 cm−1.
- Elemental Analysis for C19H29NO2S:
- Calculated: C, 68.02; H, 8.71; N, 4.17; S, 9.56
- Found: C, 67.94,H, 8.93, N, 4.09, S, 9.54.
-
- To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(2-ethylamino-indan-5-ylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-propionate (182 g, 0.544 mol) was added 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl isocyanate (115 g, 0.556 mol) and the reaction temperature was maintained at about 15-20° C. After addition, the clear solution was stirred for 15 minutes at about 15-20° C. The solution was used for the next step directly.
- An analytical sample was obtained as a white solid by simple concentration of a small amount of the crude solution.
- mp 95.4-97.8° C.
- Optical rotation: [a]20 D=+3.4 (c 1.0, MeOH).
- MS (APCI): m/z 280.2(30% ), 306.2(100% ), 437.3(50% ), 483.1(20%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (m, 5H), 4.91 (p, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.37 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.08 (m, 4H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.36 (s, 6H), 1.09 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).
- 13C NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 15.5, 26.1, 27.8, 36.6, 38.4, 51.2, 56.8, 80.7, 120.6 (q, J=225 Hz, OCF3), 121.4, 121.5, 124.9, 129.1, 132.8, 135.3, 140.2, 142.3, 143.0, 143.3, 154.9, 172.5,
- FTIR (KBr): 3297, 2974, 2933, 1724, 1636, 1605, 1511, 1419, 1369, 1270, 1229, 1198, 1148, 1122, 845, 817, 756, 561 cm−1.
- Elemntal Analysis for C27H33F3N2O4S:
- Calculated: C, 60.21; H, 6.18; N, 5.20; F, 10.58; S, 5.95
- Found: C, 59.87; H, 6.22; N, 5.08; F, 10.86; S, 5.94.
-
- To a solution of tert-butyl 2-{2-[1-ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-ureido]-indan-5-ylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-propionate (288 g, 0.534 mol) was added a solution of sulfuric acid (535 g, 5.34 mol) in isopropyl acetate (0.7 L) while maintaining the reaction temperature at about 15-20° C. The clear solution was stirred at 15° C. for 1 hour after the addition. To the reaction mixture was added cold water (0.94 L). After removal of the acidic aqueous layer, the isopropyl acetate layer was washed until the pH of the aqueous layer reached 3. The solution was used in the next step without isolation.
- An analytical sample was obtained as a white foam by simple concentration of a small amount of the crude solution.
- mp 57° C.
- Optical rotation: [α]20 D=+7.7 (c 1.0, MeOH).
- MS (APCI): m/z: 483.1(MH+).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.43 (br s, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=9.5, 2H), 7.27 (m, 5H), 4.91 (p, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.39 (m, 2H), 3.08 (m, 4H), 1.38 (s, 6H), 1.10 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H).
- 13C NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 175.2, 154.9, 143.2, 143.0, 142.3, 140.2, 135.1, 132.6, 129.4, 125.0, 121.5, 121.3, 120.6 (q, J=255 Hz, OCF3), 56.8, 51.0, 38.4, 36.5, 26.0, 15.5.
- FTIR (KBr): 3395, 2977, 2935, 1703, 1641, 1511, 1420, 1265, 1200, 1161, 1016, 841, 815, 755 cm−1.
- Elemental Analysis for C23H25F3N2O4S:
- Calculated: C, 57.25; H, 5.22; N, 5.81; F, 11.81; S, 6.65.
- Found: C, 57.00; H, 5.47; N, 5.41; F, 11.75; S, 6.23.
-
- N,N′-Dibenzylethylenediamine (0.26 g, 1.08 mmol) was added to t-butyl methyl ether solution of 2-{2-[1-ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-ureido]-indan-5-ylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-propionic acid (0.52 g, 1.08 mmol). iPrOAc was added to the resulted cloudy solution. The solution was kept in the refrigerator overnight (˜20 hours). The solids precipitated were collected by filtration. 1H NMR analysis and the melting point measurement of the isolated solids confirmed the formation of the salt with 1:1 mole ratio of acid and N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine.
- Salt Preparation:
- A solution of 2-{2-[1-ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-ureido]-indan-5-ylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-propionic acid (218.51 g, 0.453 mol) in isopropyl acetate (859 mL) was cooled to about −5 to 0° C. and N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine (112 g, 0.453 mol) was added over 1 hour. The internal reaction temperature was maintained under 0° C. Heptane (513 mL) was added to the solution until the solution became cloudy. The seeds were added while stirring. The cloudy mixture changed to a uniform suspension within one hour. Additional heptane (60 mL) was then added. After stirred for 1 h, more heptane (180 mL) was added. The suspension was stirred overnight (18 hours) at 0° C.
- The solid was filtered and rinsed with a chilled mixture of iPrOAc/heptane (½, 90 mL). The solid was air-dried at the ambient temperature overnight to yield a solid with 99.1% ee.
- mp 99-102° C.
- Optical rotation: [a]20 D═+7.7 (c 1.0, MeOH).
- MS (APCI): m/z 483.8(MH+).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 15H), 6.99 (br s, 3H), 4.91 (p, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (s, 4H), 3.37 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.05 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 4H), 2.77 (s, 4H), 1.33 (s, 6H), 1.09 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H).
- 13C NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 176.6, 154.9, 142.9, 142.1, 141.9, 140.3, 138.8, 134.7, 132.2, 131.3, 128.8, 128.5,127.4, 124.7, 121.4, 121.4, 120.2 (q, J=255 Hz, OCF3), 56.8, 52.9, 52.2, 46.7, 38.3, 36.5, 36.4, 27.3, 15.5.
- FTIR (KBr): 3310(broad), 2972, 2849, 1638, 1606, 1539, 1510, 1458, 1418, 1389, 1351, 1264, 1244, 1199, 1162, 842, 816, 748, 698.81, 668 cm−1.
- Elemental Analysis for C39H45F3N4O4S:
- Calculated: C 64.80; H 6.27; N, 7.75; F 7.88; S, 4.44
- Found: C, 64.65; H, 6.35; N, 7.61; F, 8.12, S, 4.51.
-
- Racemic tert-Butyl 2-(2-ethylamino-indan-5-ylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-propionate (0.30 mmol) and (S)-(−)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid (0.30 mmol) were mixed into THF (2 mL) and heated to 50° C. to a clear solution. The reaction mixture was then cooled to the ambient temperature and stirred overnight. White crystalline solid precipitated and determined to be the enriched diastereomeric salt (S)-(+)-tert-Butyl 2-(2-ethylamino-indan-5-ylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-propionate and (S)-(−)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid at 48% ee by chiral HPLC.
-
- Racemic tert-Butyl 2-(2-ethylamino-indan-5-ylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-propionate (17 g, 51 mmol) and (S)-(−)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid (4.6 g, 25 mmol) were dissolved in acetone (55 mL), each separately. The solutions were then mixed and stirred at the ambient temperature overnight. The resulting thick suspension was heated to 55° C. for 6 h, 40° C. for 18 h, then heated to 50° C. and filtered to yield a solid which was determined to be enriched with the diastereomeric salt (S)-(+)-tert-Butyl 2-(2-ethylamino-indan-5-ylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-propionate and (S)-(−)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic at 22% ee. The enriched salt was re-crystallized from acetone twice, to yield the title compound salt (S,S) salt in 94% ee.
- 1H NMR for 94% ee sample (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.26 (m, 3H), 6.62 (m, 4H), 4.35 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (m, 2H), 3.74 (p, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (dd, J=6.7 Hz, 16.3 Hz, 2H), 2.76 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.35 (s, 6H), 1.34 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.10 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).
- m.p. for 80% ee sample isolated after first recrystallization as described above: 157-159° C. (DSC)
-
- To a solution of 7-methoxy-2-tetralone (12.4 g; 70.7 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (350 mL) was added ammonium acetate (82 g; 1.06 mol) and the reaction was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. To the reaction was then added sodium cyanoborohydride (21.5 g; 353 mmol) and the reaction was refluxed for 1 h. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction was cooled and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc and 1 N NaOH was added to quench the reaction. The aqueous phase was separated and the organic phase washed with H2O, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to yield 7-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronapthalen-2-ylamine as a dark oil.
- MS, m/z: 178 (M+1) C11H15NO.
- STEP B. N-(7-Methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl)-acetamide
- To a stirred suspension of 7-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronapthalen-2-ylamine (2.54 g; 14.3 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added DIEA (3.4 mL) and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. Acetyl chloride (1.22 mL; 17.1 mmol) was added dropwise at 0° C. and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature, then stirred for 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2, washed with H2O, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to yield a crude solid. Purification by flash chromatography (SiO2) eluting with hexanes-EtOAc yielded N-(7-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl)-acetamide as a white solid.
- MS, m/z: 220 (M+1) C13H17NO2.
- STEP C. 6-Acetylamino-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-sulfonyl chloride
- To chlorosulfonic acid (15 mL), cooled to −10° C. was added N-(7-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl)-acetamide (1.44 g; 6.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at −10° C. for 15 min and quenched carefully by pouring over ice-water. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3X), the organic extracts combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to yield 6-acetylamino-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-sulfonyl chloride as a white solid.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.68 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 5.53-5.56 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.18-3.26 (dd, 1H), 2.86-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.76 (dd, 1H), 2.04-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.00 (s, 1H), 1.73-1.82 (m, 2H).
- MS, m/z: 318 (M+1) C13H16ClNO4S.
- STEP D. N-(6-Mercaito-7-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2yl)acetamide
- To a suspension of zinc dust (1.16 g; 17.7 mmol) and dimethylsilyl dichloride (2.4 mL; 17.7 mmol) in MeCN (40 mL) was added a solution of 6-acetylamino-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-2-sulfonyl chloride (1.13 g; 3.55 mmol) in MeCN/DCE (40/10 mL), at room temperature. The reaction suspension was then heated at 81° C. for 4 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by reverse-phase semi-prep HPLC eluting with a MeCN—H2O gradient to yield N-(6-mercapto-7-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2 yl)acetamide as a white solid and N-[6-(6-acetylamino-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2yldisulfanyl)-7-methoxy-1,2,3,4,-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]acetamide as a tan solid.
- MS, m/z: 252 (M+1; S—H) C13H17NO2S & 501 (M+1; S—S) C26H32N2O4S2.
- STEP E. 2-(6-Acetylamino-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester
- To a suspension of N-[6-(6-acetylamino-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2yl]disulfanyl)-7-methoxy-1,2,3,4,-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl]acetamide (0.368 g; 0.73 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added DMF (3 mL), K2CO3 (0.31 g; 2.26 mmol), tert-butyl 2-bromoisobutyrate (0.66 mL; 2.95 mmol) and NaBH4 (0.28 g; 7.34 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and H2O, the aqueous phase extracted with EtOAc, the organic extracts combined, washed with H2O, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to yield a crude oil, which was purified by reverse-phase semi-prep HPLC eluting with a MeCN—H2O. gradient to yield 2-(6-acetylamino-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester as an oil.
- MS, m/z: 338 (M+1) C21H31NO4S.
- STEP F. 2-(6-Ethylamino-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester
- To a solution of 2-(6-acetylamino-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester (0.68 g; 1.74 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added a solution of 1.0 M borane-THF (15 mL), dropwise at room temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 18 h at room temeperature, then carefully quenched with MeOH (10 mL) and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual oil was further azeotroped with MeOH (3×) to yield a mixture of 2-(6-ethylamino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester and it's borane complex as an oil.
- MS, m/z: 380 (M+1) C21H33NO3S.
- STEP G. 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl-2-methylpropionic acid tert butyl ester
- To a mixture of 2-(6-ethylamino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-2-methylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester and borane complex (0.054 g; 0.141 mmol) dissolved in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl isocyanate (0.063 mL; 0.284 mmol) and the reaction mixture as stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude residue was purified by reverse-phase semi-prep HPLC eluting with a MeCN—H2O. gradient to yield 2-{6-[1-ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid tert butyl ester as an oil.
- MS, M/Z: 527 ((M-C4H8)+1) C29H37F3N2O5S.
- STEP H. 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyohenyl)ureidol-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl]-2-methylpropionic acid
- To 2-{6-[1-ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-methoxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid tert butyl ester (0.02 g; 0.03 mmol) dissolved in CH2Cl2 (1.5 mL) was added TFA (1.5 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse-phase semi-prep HPLC eluting with a MeCN—H2O. gradient to yield 2-{6-[1ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid as a white solid.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.45-7.48 (d, 2H), 7.15-7.18 (m, 3H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 4.43-4.79 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.43-3.45 (m, 2H), 2.88-3.08 (m, 4H), 1.99-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.38 (s, 6H), 1.25-1.52 (t, 3H).
- MS, m/z: 526 (M+1) C25H29F3N2O5S.
- The following compounds were similarly prepared according to the 15 procedure described in Example 14 above with selection and substitution of suitable reagents and reaction conditions.
-
- Prepared as an oil by replacing 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl isocyanate with 4-tert-butylphenyl isocyanate in Step G above.
- MS, m/z: 499 (M+1) C28H38N2O4S.
-
- Prepared as a white solid by substituting 7-methoxy-2-tetralone with 7-fluoro-2-tetralone in STEP A above.
- 1H NMR (300 MHZ, CDCL3): δ 7.46-7.51 (M, 2H), 7.25-7.28 (D, 1H), 7.17-7.20 (D, 2H), 6.92-6.95 (D, 1H), 4.43 (M, 1H), 3.42-3.49 (M, 2H), 2.90-3.11 (M, 4H), 2.02-2.07 (M, 2H), 1.45 (S, 6H), 1.25-1.31 (T, 3H).
- MS, m/z: 515 (M+1) C24H26F4N2O4S.
-
- Prepared as a white solid by substituting 7-methoxy-2-tetralone with 7-chloro-2-tetralone in STEP A above.
- MS, m/z: 532 (M+1) C24H26ClF3N2O4S.
-
- Prepared as a white solid by substituting 7-methoxy-2-tetralone with 7-bromo-2-tetralone in STEP A above.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.45-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.18 (d, 2H), 4.41-4.79 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.47 (m, 2H), 2.90-3.07 (m, 4H), 2.01-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 6H), 1.24-1.29 (t, 3H).
- MS, m/z: 576 (M+1) C24H26BrF3N2O4S.
-
- Prepared as a white solid by substituting 7-methoxy-2-tetralone with 7-methyl-2-tetralone in STEP A above.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.45-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.18 (d, 2H), 7.02 (s,1H), 4.41-4.79 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.47 (m, 2H), 2.85-3.03 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.01-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.41 (s, 6H), 1.24-1.29 (t, 3H).
- MS, m/z: 511 (M+1) C25H29F3N2O4S.
-
- Prepared as white solid by substituting 7-methoxy-2-tetralone with 7-methyl-2-tetralone in STEP A above.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.45-7.48 (d, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.18 (m, 3H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.97-3.21 (m, 4H), 2.03-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 6H), 1.25-1.30 (t, 3H).
- MS, m/z: 580 (M+1) C25H26F6N2O5S.
-
- To 2-(6-acetylamino-3-bromo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester (0.135 g; 0.30 mmol) dissolved in toluene (1.5 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (0.178 g; 1.46 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (15 mg; 0.013 mmol) and 2M Na2CO3 (0.61 mL) and the reaction mixture heated at 95° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with EtOAc, washed with H2O. (2×), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to yield a crude residue which was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) eluting with a heptane-EtOAc gradient (50→100% ) to yield 2-(6-acetylamino-3-phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester as a clear oil.
- MS, M/Z: 383 ((M-C4H8)+1) C26H33NO3S
- 2-{6-[1-Ethyl-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido]-3-phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl}-2-methylpropionic acid, the compound of Example 21 was additionally prepared, as a white solid, according to the procedure described in Example 14, by selecting and substituting suitable reagents in Steps F, G and H, as appropriate.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.45-7.48 (d, 2H), 7.29-7.38 (m, 6H), 7.15-7.18 (d, 2H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.49 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.06 (m, 4H), 2.04-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.26-1.30 (t, 3H), 1.14 (s, 6H).
- MS, M/Z: 573 (M+1) C25H29F3N2O5S
- While the foregoing specification teaches the principles of the present invention, with examples provided for the purpose of illustration, it will be understood that the practice of the invention encompasses all of the usual variations, adaptations.and/or modifications as come within the scope of the following claims and their equivalents.
Claims (52)
1. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (L)
wherein
Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic;
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4 is H or —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)—, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4 is —(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising
reacting a compound of formula (III), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to ClSO3H;
reacting the compound of formula (IV) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V) wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI); and then reacting the compound of formula (VI) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IV) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R4 is hydrogen;
reacting the compound of formula (VII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) and the corresponding compound of formula (IX);
reacting the compound of formula (VIII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IX), with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XI);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on compound of formula (IX), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII); and then reacting the compound of formula (VIII) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XI);
reacting the compound of formula (XI), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L).
2. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6 ester or C1-6 amide thereof,
wherein
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4 is H or —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)—, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4 is —(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
c is an integer from 0 to 1;
each of R5 and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-14alkoxy, C1-14alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R12 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene, C3-4alkenylene or (CH1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising the process of claim 1 and further comprising
reacting the compound of formula (L), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (I).
3. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6 ester or C1-6 amide thereof,
wherein
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4 is H or —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)—, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4 is —(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
c is an integer from 0 to 1;
each of R5 and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R12 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene, C3-4alkenylene or (CH1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising
reacting a compound of formula (III), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to ClSO3H;
reacting the compound of formula (IV) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V) wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI); and then reacting the compound of formula (VI) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IV) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R4 is hydrogen;
reacting the compound of formula (VII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) and the corresponding compound of formula (IX);
reacting the compound of formula (VIII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IX), with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic; and wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XI);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on compound of formula (IX), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII); and then reacting the compound of formula (VIII) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic; and wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XI);
reacting the compound of formula (XI), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L);
reacting the compound of formula (L), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (I).
4. The process of claim 1 wherein Q is OPg2, Pg2 is t-butyl, X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)-Q group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1 and R4 is ethyl
5. The process of claim 2 wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
6. The process of claim 3 wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
7. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (L)
wherein
Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic;
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
x is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4 is H or —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)—, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4 is -(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
wherein each of the. above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising
reacting a compound of formula (III), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to ClSO3H;
reacting the compound of formula (IV) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V) wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI); and then reacting the compound of formula (VI) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IV) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R4 is hydrogen;
reacting the compound of formula (VII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) and the corresponding compound of formula (IX);
de-protecting the compound of formula (VIII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IX), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII);
alternatively, de-protecting the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), to yield a corresponding compound of formula (XII); and then reducing the compound of formula (XII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on compound of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII);
alternatively still, reacting the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on compound of formula (IX), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII); and then de-protecting the compound of formula (VIII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII);
reacting the compound of (XIII) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L).
8. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6 ester or C1-6 amide thereof,
wherein
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4 is H or —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4 is -(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
c is an integer from 0 to 1;
each of R5 and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R12 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;.
R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene, C3-4alkenylene or (CH1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising the process of claim 7 and further comprising
reacting the compound of formula (L), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (I).
9. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6 ester or C1-6amide thereof,
wherein
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4 is H or —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)—, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4 is -(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
c is an integer from 0 to 1;
each of R5 and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R12 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S; alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene, C3-4alkenylene or (CH1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising
reacting a compound of formula (III), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to ClSO3H;
reacting the compound of formula (IV) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V) wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VI); and then reacting the compound of formula (VI) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IV) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VII) wherein R4 is hydrogen;
reacting the compound of formula (VII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VII), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIII) and the corresponding compound of formula (IX);
de-protecting the compound of formula (VIII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IX), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII);
alternatively, de-protecting the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), to yield a corresponding compound of formula (XII); and then reducing the compound of formula (XII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on compound of formula (XII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII);
alternatively still, reacting the compound of formula (IX), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIII), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on compound of formula (IX), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIII); and then de-protecting the compound of formula (VIII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIII);
reacting the compound of (XIII) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic; and wherein W is Br, Cl or I; in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (L);
reacting the compound of formula (L), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (I).
10. The process of claim 7 wherein Q is OPg2, Pg2 is t-butyl, X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)-Q group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1 and R4 is ethyl
11. The process of claim 8 wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
12. The process of claim 9 wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the-X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
13. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (L)
wherein
Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or and aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic;
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4 is —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)-, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4 is -(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising
reacting a compound of formula (III), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to ClSO3H;
reacting the compound of formula (IV) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIa);
reacting the compound of formula (VIIa) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VIIa), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa) and the corresponding compound of formula (IXa);
de-protecting the compound of formula (VIIIa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IXa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIa); and then reacting the compound of formula (XIIIa) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein W is Cl, Br or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IXa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIIIa), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (IXa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa); then reacting the compound of formula (VIIIa) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X) wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIa); and then reacting the compound of formula (XIa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La);
alternatively still, de-protecting the compound of formula (IXa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIIIa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIa); then reacting the compound of formula (XIIa) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (XIIa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIa); and then reacting the compound of formula (XIIIa) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X) wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La);
reacting the compound of formula (La) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V) wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl or I, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lb);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (La) with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (La), wherein R4b is selected from (C1-4 straight chain alkylene)R15 or (straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XVIII); and then reacting the compound of formula (XVIII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVIII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lb).
14. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6 ester or C1-6 amide thereof,
wherein
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4 is H or —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)-, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4 is -(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
c is an integer from 0 to 1;
each of R5 and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R12 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene, C3-4alkenylene or (CH1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising the process of claim 13 and further comprising
reacting the compound of formula (L), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (I).
15. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6 ester or C1-6 amide thereof,
wherein
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4 is H or —(C1-5straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)-, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4 has no more than 9 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4 is -(straight chain C1-5alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
c is an integer from 0 to 1;
each of R5 and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R12 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene, C3-4alkenylene or (CH1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising
reacting a compound of formula (III), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (IV), wherein Pg1 is a nitrogen protecting group which is inert to ClSO3H;
reacting the compound of formula (IV) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIa);
reacting the compound of formula (VIIa) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (VIIa), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa) and the corresponding compound of formula (IXa);
de-protecting the compound of formula (VIIIa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (IXa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIa); and then reacting the compound of formula (XIIIa) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic; and wherein W is Br, Cl or I; in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (IXa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIIIa), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (IXa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (VIIIa); then reacting the compound of formula (VIIIa) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X) wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8Cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic; and wherein W is Br, Cl or I; in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIa); and then reacting the compound of formula (XIa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La);
alternatively still, de-protecting the compound of formula (IXa), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (VIIIa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIa); then reacting the compound of formula (XIIa) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the disulfide on the compound of formula (XIIa), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIa); and then reacting the compound of formula (XIIIa) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X), wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic; and wherein W is Br, Cl or I; in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (La);
reacting the compound of formula (La) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (V), wherein R4a is R4 other than hydrogen and wherein J is Br, Cl or I, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lb);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (La) with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (La), wherein R4b is selected from (C1-4 straight chain alkylene)R15 or (straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XVIII); and then reacting the compound of formula (XVIII) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVIII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lb);
reacting the compound of formula (La) or the compound of formula (Lb), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (I).
16. The process of claim 13 wherein Q is OPg2, Pg2 is t-butyl, X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)-Q group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1 and R4 is ethyl.
17. The process of claim 14 wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
18. The process of claim 15 wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
19. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Lc)
wherein
Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic;
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4b is —(C1-4straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)-, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4b has no more than 8 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4b is -(straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising
reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (III), in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIV);
reacting the compound of formula (XIV) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XV);
reacting the compound of formula (XV) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (XV), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (XVI) and the corresponding compound of formula (XVII);
reacting the compound of formula (XVI), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (XVII), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVI), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (XVII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (XVI), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide and the disulfide on the compound of formula (XVII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb);
reacting the compound of formula (XIIIb) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X) wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lc).
20. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Ic)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6 ester or C1-6 amide thereof,
wherein
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4b is —(C1-4straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)-, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4b has no more than 8 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4b is -(straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
c is an integer from 0 to 1;
each of R5 and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R1-2 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene, C3-4alkenylene or (CH1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising the process of claim 19 and further comprising
reacting the compound of formula (Lc), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ic).
21. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6 ester or C1-6 amide thereof,
wherein
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4b is —(C1-4straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)-, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4b has no more than 8 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4b is -(straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
c is an integer from 0 to 1;
each of R5 and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R12 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene, C3-4alkenylene or (CH1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising
reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (III), in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIV);
reacting the compound of formula (XIV) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XV);
reacting the compound of formula (XV) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group on the compound of formula (XV), to yield a mixture of the corresponding compound of formula (XVI) and the corresponding compound of formula (XVII);
reacting the compound of formula (XVI), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (XVII), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide on the compound of formula (XVI), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb);
alternatively, reacting the compound of formula (XVII), isolated or in a mixture with the compound of formula (XVI), with a reducing agent capable of reducing the amide and the disulfide on the compound of formula (XVII), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb);
reacting the compound of formula (XIIIb) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X) wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3loheteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic; and W is Br, Cl or I; in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lc);
reacting the compound of formula (Lc), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ic).
22. The process of claim 19 wherein Q is Opg2, Pg2 is t-butyl, X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, wherein the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)Q group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1 and R4 is ethyl
23. The process of claim 20 wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the-X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
24. The process of claim 21 wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the-X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
25. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Lc)
wherein
Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic;
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4b is —(C1-4straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)-, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4b has no more than 8 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4b is -(straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising
reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (III), in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIV);
reacting the compound of formula (XIV) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XV);
reacting the compound of formula (XV) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group and the amide group on the compound of formula (XV), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb);
reacting the compound of formula (XIIIb) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X) wherein W is Br, Cl or I, in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lc).
26. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Ic)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6 ester or C1-6 amide thereof,
wherein
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4b is —(C1-4straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)-, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4b has no more than 8 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4b is -(straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16; wherein R16 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
c is an integer from 0 to 1;
each of R5and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R12 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene, C3-4alkenylene or (CH1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising the process of claim 25 and further comprising
reacting the compound of formula (Lc), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ic).
27. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, C1-6 ester or C1-6 amide thereof, wherein
each of R1 and R2 is independently H, C1-6alkyl, (CH2)mNRaRb, (CH2)mOR8, (CH2)mNH(CO)R8 or (CH2)mCO2R8;
wherein each of Ra, Rb, and R8 is independently H or C1-6alkyl; and m is an integer from 1 to 6;
alternatively, R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atom to which theyare attached to form a C3-7cycloalkyl;
n is an integer from 1 to 2;
X is S;
provided that when n is 1, X is bound at the 5 or 6 position; and when n is 2, X is bound at the 6 or 7 position; provided further that when n is 2 and X is bound at the 6 position, then R3 is other than hydrogen and bound at the 7 position;
R3 is H, C1-3alkoxy, C1-3alkylthio, halo, C1-6alkyl, NR9R10, NHCOR10, CONHR10 or COOR10; and R3 is ortho or meta to X; provided that R3 is other than CF3;
each R9 and R10 is independently C1-6alkyl;
R4b is —(C1-4straight chain alkylene)R15; wherein R15 is H, C1-7alkyl, [di(C1-2alkyl)amino](C1-6alkylene)-, (C1-3alkoxyacyl)(C1-6alkylene)-, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7alkenyl or C3-8alkynyl;
wherein R4b has no more than 8 carbon atoms;
alternatively, R4b is -(straight chain C1-4alkylene)R16; wherein R1-6 is C3-6cycloalkyl or a 5-6 membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
c is an integer from 0 to 1;
each of R5 and R7 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR11, COOR11, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR11R12 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
R6 is selected from C1-6alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro, COR13, COOR13, C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylthio, hydroxy, phenyl, NR13R14 or a 5-6 membered heterocyclyl with between 1 and 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S;
alternatively, R5 and R6 or R6 and R7 may be taken together to be a bivalent moiety, saturated or unsaturated, selected from C3-4alkylene, C3-4alkenylene or (CH1-2)pN(CH1-2)q;
p is an integer from 0 to 2 and q is an integer from 1 to 3; wherein the sum (p+q) is at least 2;
each R11, R12, R13 and R14 is independently H or C1-6alkyl;
wherein each of the above hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl moieties may be optionally substituted with between 1 and 3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, amino, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy or methoxy;
comprising
reacting a suitably substituted compound of formula (III) with a suitably substituted acylating agent capable of attaching an —C(O)—R4b group onto the nitrogen of the compound of formula (III), in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIV);
reacting the compound of formula (XIV) with ClSO3H, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XV);
reacting the compound of formula (XV) with a reducing agent capable of reducing the chlorosulfonyl group and the amide group on the compound of formula (XV), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (XIIIb);
reacting the compound of formula (XIIIb) with a suitably substituted compound of formula (X) wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of OH, OPg2, NH2 and N(Pg3Pg4); wherein Pg2 is a carboxylic acid protecting group; and wherein Pg3 and Pg4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl or aryl; or Pg3 and Pg4 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to form C3-10heteroaryl or C3-10non-aromatic heterocyclic; and W is Br, Cl or I; in the presence of a base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lc);
reacting the compound of formula (Lc), to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Ic).
28. The process of claim 25 wherein Q is OPg2, Pg2 is t-butyl, X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, wherein the —X—C(R1R2)—C(O)Q group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1 and R4 is ethyl
29. The process of claim 26 wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the-X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
30. The process of claim 27 wherein X is S, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, the-X—C(R1R2)—C(O)—OH group is bound at the 5-position, R3 is hydrogen, n is 1, R4 is ethyl, c is 0, R5 is hydrogen, R6 is trifluoromethoxy and R7 is hydrogen.
31. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Le)
wherein Qb is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, wherein the C1-6alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising
(a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (S)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in an alcohol; or in acetone, at a temperature in the range of from about 35° C. to about 0° C.; to yield the corresponding (R,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XX);
(b) reacting the (R,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XX), with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Le).
32. The process of claim 31 wherein Qb is t-butoxy.
33. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula (Le)
wherein Qb is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, wherein the C1-6alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising
(a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in acetone, at a temperature greater than about 35° C.; or in THF at about room temperature; to yield the corresponding (R,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI);
(b) reacting the (R,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI) with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Le).
34. The process of claim 33 wherein Qb is t-butoxy.
35. A process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Lf)
wherein Qb is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, wherein the C1-6alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising
(a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (S)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in acetone, at a temperature greater than about 35° C.; or in THF at about room temperature; to yield the corresponding (S,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXII);
(b) reacting the (S,S) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXI) with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lf).
36. A process for the preparation of the compound of formula (Lf)
wherein Qb is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, wherein the C1-6alkoxy is not substituted with amino; comprising
(a) reacting a compound of formula (Ld) with (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid, in an alcohol; or in acetone, at a temperature
in the range of from about 35° C. to about 0° C.; to yield the corresponding (S,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXIII);
(b) reacting the (S,R) diastereomeric salt, the compound of formula (XXIII) with an inorganic base, to yield the corresponding compound of formula (Lf).
38. The crystalline salt as in claim 37 wherein the ratio of the compound of formula (IIa) to the N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine is 1:1.
39. A crystalline N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine salt of a compound of formula (IIa)
comprising the following X-ray diffraction peaks:
41. The process of claim 40 wherein the aprotic solvent is isopropyl alcohol.
42. The process of claim 41 wherein the compound of formula (IIa) is reacted with N,N′-dibenzylethylenediaine at a temperature less than about 5° C.
44. The compound of claim 43 wherein said compound has an enantiomeric excess of at least about 90% .
45. The compound of claim 43 wherein said compound has an enantiomeric excess of at least about 96% .
46. The compound of claim 43 wherein said compound has an enantiomeric excess of at least about 99% .
48. The comnpound of claim 47 wherein said compound has an enantiomeric excess of at least about 90% .
49. The compound of claim 47 wherein said compound has an enantiomeric excess of at least about 96% .
50. The compound of claim 47 wherein said compound has an enantiomeric excess of at least about 99% .
51. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of claim 43 .
52. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of claim 47.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/110,459 US20050240049A1 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2005-04-20 | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives |
US11/958,618 US7576238B2 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2007-12-18 | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives |
US12/501,833 US20090326258A1 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2009-07-13 | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US56415904P | 2004-04-21 | 2004-04-21 | |
US11/110,459 US20050240049A1 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2005-04-20 | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/958,618 Continuation US7576238B2 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2007-12-18 | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20050240049A1 true US20050240049A1 (en) | 2005-10-27 |
Family
ID=34967583
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/110,459 Abandoned US20050240049A1 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2005-04-20 | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives |
US11/958,618 Active US7576238B2 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2007-12-18 | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives |
US12/501,833 Abandoned US20090326258A1 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2009-07-13 | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/958,618 Active US7576238B2 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2007-12-18 | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives |
US12/501,833 Abandoned US20090326258A1 (en) | 2004-04-21 | 2009-07-13 | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives |
Country Status (20)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US20050240049A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1745016A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2007534690A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20060133107A (en) |
CN (1) | CN101018766A (en) |
AR (1) | AR048931A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2005238485A1 (en) |
BR (1) | BRPI0510118A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2564558A1 (en) |
CR (1) | CR8757A (en) |
EA (1) | EA200601927A1 (en) |
EC (1) | ECSP066942A (en) |
IL (1) | IL178521A0 (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA06012288A (en) |
NI (1) | NI200600247A (en) |
NO (1) | NO20065341L (en) |
TW (1) | TW200606139A (en) |
UA (1) | UA85589C2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2005105737A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA200609613B (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060074130A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2006-04-06 | Xiaoli Chen | Methods of using substituted tetralins and indanes |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6028109A (en) * | 1996-03-30 | 2000-02-22 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Use of agonists of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor alpha for treating obesity |
US6306854B1 (en) * | 1998-10-16 | 2001-10-23 | Glaxosmithkline | Chemical compounds |
US6750236B2 (en) * | 2001-05-22 | 2004-06-15 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Propionic acid derivatives |
US20040162352A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2004-08-19 | Xiaoli Chen | Treating syndrome X with substituted tetralins and indanes |
US20040167211A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2004-08-26 | Xiiaoli Chen | Methods of using substituted tetralins and indanes |
US20060094786A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2006-05-04 | Xiaoli Chen | Treating syndrome X with substituted tetralins and indanes |
US20060247314A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2006-11-02 | Xiaoli Chen | Substituted tetralins and indanes |
Family Cites Families (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
AU632809B2 (en) | 1989-05-25 | 1993-01-14 | Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd. | Benzocycloalkane benzopyran and benzothiopyran urea derivatives and production thereof |
US5143713A (en) | 1990-05-30 | 1992-09-01 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | 99m Tc labeled liposomes |
ATE187436T1 (en) | 1993-08-06 | 1999-12-15 | Upjohn Co | 2-AMINOINDANES AS SELECTIVE DOPAMINE D3 LIGANDS |
CA2410647C (en) * | 2000-05-29 | 2010-02-09 | Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Substituted phenylpropanoic acid derivatives |
PL361162A1 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2004-09-20 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Propionic acid derivatives with ppar-alpha activating properties |
TWI241190B (en) | 2001-02-13 | 2005-10-11 | Aventis Pharma Gmbh | 4-Fluoro-N-indan-2-yl benzamide and its use as pharmaceutical |
JP2004520397A (en) * | 2001-02-15 | 2004-07-08 | ファイザー・プロダクツ・インク | Proliferative activator receptor (PPAR) compounds |
EP1360172A1 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2003-11-12 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Ppar agonists |
US7348334B2 (en) * | 2001-04-09 | 2008-03-25 | Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Limited | Monocyclic derivatives of aryl alkanoic acids and their use in medicine: process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
EP1399426A2 (en) * | 2001-06-12 | 2004-03-24 | Active Pass Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds, compositions and methods for modulating beta-amyloid production |
CA2502661A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2004-05-06 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Substituted tetralins and indanes |
-
2005
- 2005-04-19 AR ARP050101529A patent/AR048931A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-04-20 EA EA200601927A patent/EA200601927A1/en unknown
- 2005-04-20 WO PCT/US2005/013870 patent/WO2005105737A1/en active Application Filing
- 2005-04-20 CA CA002564558A patent/CA2564558A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-04-20 TW TW094112498A patent/TW200606139A/en unknown
- 2005-04-20 EP EP05741687A patent/EP1745016A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-04-20 BR BRPI0510118-2A patent/BRPI0510118A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-04-20 US US11/110,459 patent/US20050240049A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-04-20 MX MXPA06012288A patent/MXPA06012288A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-04-20 JP JP2007509684A patent/JP2007534690A/en active Pending
- 2005-04-20 KR KR1020067023822A patent/KR20060133107A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2005-04-20 UA UAA200611177A patent/UA85589C2/en unknown
- 2005-04-20 CN CNA2005800206126A patent/CN101018766A/en active Pending
- 2005-04-20 AU AU2005238485A patent/AU2005238485A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2006
- 2006-10-15 IL IL178521A patent/IL178521A0/en unknown
- 2006-10-16 NI NI200600247A patent/NI200600247A/en unknown
- 2006-10-20 EC EC2006006942A patent/ECSP066942A/en unknown
- 2006-11-20 ZA ZA2006/09613A patent/ZA200609613B/en unknown
- 2006-11-20 CR CR8757A patent/CR8757A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2006-11-21 NO NO20065341A patent/NO20065341L/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2007
- 2007-12-18 US US11/958,618 patent/US7576238B2/en active Active
-
2009
- 2009-07-13 US US12/501,833 patent/US20090326258A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6028109A (en) * | 1996-03-30 | 2000-02-22 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Use of agonists of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor alpha for treating obesity |
US6306854B1 (en) * | 1998-10-16 | 2001-10-23 | Glaxosmithkline | Chemical compounds |
US6750236B2 (en) * | 2001-05-22 | 2004-06-15 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Propionic acid derivatives |
US20040162352A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2004-08-19 | Xiaoli Chen | Treating syndrome X with substituted tetralins and indanes |
US20040167211A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2004-08-26 | Xiiaoli Chen | Methods of using substituted tetralins and indanes |
US20040171680A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2004-09-02 | Xiiaoli Chen | Treating Syndrome X with substituted tetralins and indanes |
US20060074130A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2006-04-06 | Xiaoli Chen | Methods of using substituted tetralins and indanes |
US20060094786A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2006-05-04 | Xiaoli Chen | Treating syndrome X with substituted tetralins and indanes |
US20060247314A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2006-11-02 | Xiaoli Chen | Substituted tetralins and indanes |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060074130A1 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2006-04-06 | Xiaoli Chen | Methods of using substituted tetralins and indanes |
US7351857B2 (en) * | 2002-10-21 | 2008-04-01 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | Methods of using substituted tetralins and indanes |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
NI200600247A (en) | 2007-07-24 |
IL178521A0 (en) | 2007-02-11 |
JP2007534690A (en) | 2007-11-29 |
CN101018766A (en) | 2007-08-15 |
NO20065341L (en) | 2007-01-18 |
CA2564558A1 (en) | 2005-11-10 |
BRPI0510118A (en) | 2007-09-25 |
ECSP066942A (en) | 2006-12-20 |
CR8757A (en) | 2008-11-24 |
US20090326258A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 |
AR048931A1 (en) | 2006-06-14 |
EA200601927A1 (en) | 2007-04-27 |
US7576238B2 (en) | 2009-08-18 |
AU2005238485A1 (en) | 2005-11-10 |
UA85589C2 (en) | 2009-02-10 |
EP1745016A1 (en) | 2007-01-24 |
KR20060133107A (en) | 2006-12-22 |
US20080096962A1 (en) | 2008-04-24 |
WO2005105737A1 (en) | 2005-11-10 |
TW200606139A (en) | 2006-02-16 |
MXPA06012288A (en) | 2007-03-15 |
ZA200609613B (en) | 2008-04-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU2002326026B2 (en) | Phenethanolamine derivatives for treatment of respiratory diseases | |
TWI530283B (en) | Aminotetraline derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and their use in therapy | |
TWI285195B (en) | Chemical compounds | |
KR100389497B1 (en) | Amino (thio) ether derivatives | |
US20090264469A1 (en) | Novel dicarboxylic acid derivatives | |
KR970005323B1 (en) | Therapeutically useful tetralin derivatives | |
US7902394B2 (en) | Calcilytic compounds | |
US7576238B2 (en) | Process for the preparation of substituted tetralin and substituted indane derivatives | |
US6784314B2 (en) | Process for producing amine derivatives | |
JP2868897B2 (en) | Halogen-substituted aminotetralins | |
JP2002523484A (en) | Amino alcohol derivatives and their use as β3 adrenergic receptor agonists | |
AU2003277441B2 (en) | Substituted tetralins and indanes | |
TWI308563B (en) | Methods of using substituted tetralins and indanes | |
WO2001062714A1 (en) | Novel phenylheteroalkylamine derivatives | |
WO2004094363A1 (en) | Muscarinic agonists | |
JP2003534245A (en) | Fused ring imidazoles as histamine H3 receptor ligands | |
JP2001348366A (en) | Method for producing amine derivative | |
JP2005500275A (en) | Novel compounds and compositions as cathepsin inhibitors |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: JANSSEN PHARMACEUTICA N.V., BELGIUM Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ZHANG-PLASKET, FAN;ZHONG, HUA;VILLANI, FRANK;REEL/FRAME:017184/0708;SIGNING DATES FROM 20060109 TO 20060111 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |